WO2017094743A1 - PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY - Google Patents

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017094743A1
WO2017094743A1 PCT/JP2016/085471 JP2016085471W WO2017094743A1 WO 2017094743 A1 WO2017094743 A1 WO 2017094743A1 JP 2016085471 W JP2016085471 W JP 2016085471W WO 2017094743 A1 WO2017094743 A1 WO 2017094743A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
aromatic heterocyclic
formula
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/085471
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
道賢 畑中
Original Assignee
塩野義製薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 塩野義製薬株式会社 filed Critical 塩野義製薬株式会社
Publication of WO2017094743A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017094743A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4151,2-Diazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4151,2-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41551,2-Diazoles non condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41781,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42Oxazoles
    • A61K31/422Oxazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245Oxadiazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/18One oxygen or sulfur atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/18One oxygen or sulfur atom
    • C07D231/20One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/99Enzyme inactivation by chemical treatment

Definitions

  • the present invention has a type I 11 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 (hereinafter referred to as 11 ⁇ -HSD-1) inhibitory activity, a pharmaceutical agent, particularly a therapeutic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, and
  • 11 ⁇ -HSD-1 type I 11 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1
  • the present invention relates to a compound useful as a preventive agent.
  • 11 ⁇ -HSD-1 is an enzyme that converts 11 ⁇ -dehydrosteroid, which is an inactive steroid, into an active steroid, and is considered to have important significance in the basal metabolism of the living body (Non-patent Document 1).
  • the 11 ⁇ -HSD-1 knockout mouse is resistant to hyperglycemia associated with obesity and stress (Non-patent Document 2).
  • the same phenomenon was observed in humans when carbenoxolone, an 11 ⁇ -HSD-1 inhibitor, was administered (Non-patent Document 3).
  • Non-patent document 5 describes that 11 ⁇ -HSD-1-KO mice are resistant to muscle atrophy induced by chronic administration of corticosterone, but no example of administration of a compound is described. Absent. Patent Document 1 discloses a compound having 11 ⁇ -HSD-1 inhibitory activity, but the compound of the present invention is useful for the treatment and / or prevention of pathological conditions involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, particularly muscle atrophy. That is not disclosed.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent excellent in a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
  • the present invention (1) Formula (I): (Where Ring A is And Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ; R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH ⁇ CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d , R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen; R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3); R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstit
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) is Formula (II): (Wherein ring A, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 have the same meanings as (1) above), the compound of the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is effective.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by containing as a component.
  • Ring A is represented by formula (III): (Wherein R 4 has the same meaning as (1) above) and contains the compound of the above (1) or (2) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia which is characterized.
  • Hyperglucocorticoidemia comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to any one of (1) to (3) above, wherein R 1 is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for pathological conditions involving (5) The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein R 2 is —OR 5 (where R 5 has the same meaning as (1) above).
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by comprising as an active ingredient.
  • R 2 is —SR 5 (where R 5 has the same meaning as (1) above).
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by comprising as an active ingredient.
  • R a and R b each independently contains, as an active ingredient, the compound according to the above (1) to (7) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by comprising as an active ingredient.
  • R d is represented by the formula: —C ( ⁇ O) —NR g R h, wherein R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or A compound represented by any one of the above (1) to (8) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • R d is represented by the formula: —NR i R j wherein R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted An alkylcarbonyl or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl.) Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is a group represented by any one of the above (1) to (8) A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by containing as a component.
  • R 4 is —OR 6 , —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCONR 7 R 8 or —CH 2 NHCOR 12 , wherein R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and R 6 to R 8 are the above ( 1) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, wherein the hyperglucocorticoidemia is the same as 1) Therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for pathological conditions involving (13)
  • the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (12) above, wherein R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by comprising: (14)
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) is Formula (II): Wherein ring A is represented by formula (III): (Wherein R 4 is —OH or —OC ( ⁇ O) NH 2 ), R 1 is hydrogen; R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ; R 5 is isopropyl; R 3 is the formula: —CH ⁇ CH—C (CH 3 ) 2 —NH (—C ⁇ O) —CH 3 )) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by comprising: (15) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to any one of (1) to (14) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is muscle atrophy.
  • the therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that decreases muscle mass.
  • the therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases fat mass.
  • the therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases neutral fat.
  • the therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases free fatty acids.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia comprising a compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) of the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably a compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an agent for inhibiting muscle mass loss caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
  • a compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) in the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably compound I- 30 or Compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an inhibitor of fat mass increase caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
  • a compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by formula (I) in the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and a neutral fatty acid increase inhibitor caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
  • a compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) of (1) above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably Compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an inhibitor of increase in free fatty acid caused in a high glucocorticoid state. Is included.
  • the therapeutic agent and / or preventive agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia of the present invention is very useful as an excellent therapeutic agent and / or prophylactic agent for muscle atrophy involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
  • the therapeutic agent and / or prophylactic agent for a disease state involving hyperglucocorticoidemia of the present invention is useful for patients who have developed muscle atrophy due to hypercortisolemia.
  • an excellent therapeutic agent and / or preventive agent for diseases that decrease muscle mass, hyperlipidemia, diseases that increase triglycerides, and / or diseases that increase free fatty acids, which are associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia As very useful.
  • the point includes a point having a small clearance, a point having low toxicity, particularly a cardiotoxicity, or a point having a sufficiently long half-life for exhibiting a medicinal effect.
  • Halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Particularly preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • Alkyl means a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert- Examples include butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl and the like.
  • alkyl having 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso Examples include pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, and isohexyl.
  • Alkenyl means a linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms having one or more double bonds to the above “alkyl”, and examples thereof include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2 -Propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl and the like.
  • Alkynyl means linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms having one or more triple bonds to the above “alkyl”, and examples thereof include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and the like. It is done. In addition to one or more triple bonds at any position, alkynyl may further have a double bond.
  • Cycloalkyl means a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, spiro hydrocarbon. Group and the like.
  • cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group are used.
  • the “spiro hydrocarbon group” includes a group formed by removing one hydrogen from a ring in which two hydrocarbon rings share one carbon atom. Specific examples include spiro [3.4] octyl.
  • “Bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group” includes a group formed by removing one hydrogen from an aliphatic ring having 5 to 8 carbon atoms in which two or more rings share two or more atoms. To do. Specifically, bicyclo [2.1.0] pentyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl and bicyclo [3.2.1] octyl, tricyclo [2.2. 1.0] heptyl and the following groups are exemplified.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a cyclic unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, preferably cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl. , Cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. Cycloalkenyl also includes a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group having an unsaturated bond in the ring. Examples thereof include a group having 1 to 2 double bonds in the ring of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group exemplified for the above cycloalkyl.
  • Aryl means a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group (eg, phenyl) and a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group (eg, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-anthryl, 2-anthryl, 9-anthryl, 1- Phenanthryl, 2-phenanthryl, 3-phenanthryl, 4-phenanthryl, 9-phenanthryl and the like.
  • phenyl or naphthyl (1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl).
  • “Aromatic heterocyclic group” means a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and a condensed aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is a substitutable optional group derived from a 5- to 8-membered aromatic ring which may contain 1 to 4 oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring. Means a group which may have a bond at the position.
  • the fused aromatic heterocyclic group has 1 to 4 5 to 8 5 to 8 membered aromatic rings which may contain 1 to 4 oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring. It means a group which may have a bond at any substitutable position which is fused with a member aromatic carbocyclic ring or other 5- to 8-membered aromatic heterocycle.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group examples include furyl (eg, 2-furyl, 3-furyl), thienyl (eg, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl), pyrrolyl (eg, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl).
  • 3-pyrrolyl imidazolyl (eg, 1-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl), pyrazolyl (eg, 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl), triazolyl (eg, 1,2,4- Triazol-1-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-4-yl), tetrazolyl (eg 1-tetrazolyl, 2-tetrazolyl, 5-tetrazolyl), oxazolyl ( Examples: 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl), isoxazolyl (eg, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl) Zolyl), thiazolyl (eg 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl), thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl (eg 3-isox
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic group may contain 1 to 4 oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring, and has a bond at any substitutable position.
  • a non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be further bridged with an alkyl chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a cycloalkane (preferably a 5 to 6 membered ring), an aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the ring may be condensed. If it is non-aromatic, it may be saturated or unsaturated. A 5- to 8-membered ring is preferred.
  • alkyl e.g. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, ter -Butyl
  • alkenyl eg vinyl
  • alkynyl e.g ethynyl
  • cycloalkyl e.g cyclopropyl, adamantyl
  • hydroxyalkyl eg hydroxymethyl
  • cycloalkylalkyl eg cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyl
  • Cycloalkenyl eg: cyclopropenyl
  • aryl eg: phenyl, naphthyl
  • arylalkyl eg: benzyl, phenethyl
  • aromatic heterocyclic group eg: pyridyl, furyl
  • Substituents of “substituted or unsubstituted amino”, “substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl” and “substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl” include alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aromatic Heterocyclic group, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, sulfamoyl, alkyl Examples include sulfonyl, carbamoyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic
  • Ring A Is mentioned. Preferably, Is mentioned. In particular, as ring A, Is preferred. Ring A includes both isomers of syn and anti.
  • Ring B includes substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. Preferred are furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl. In particular, as ring B, pyrazolyl is preferable. Ring B may have a substituent other than R 2 and R 3 .
  • R 1 includes hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
  • hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl are used. Hydrogen is particularly preferable.
  • R 2 includes a group represented by —OR 5 or —SR 5 .
  • —OR 5 is preferable.
  • Another response is preferably -SR 5 .
  • R 3 examples include a group represented by the formula: —CH ⁇ CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d .
  • R a and R b each independently include hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is mentioned.
  • both include methyl.
  • R c include — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer of 0 to 3).
  • n 0 or 1 is preferable, and 0 is particularly preferable.
  • R d includes hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclo Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, represented by the formula: —C ( ⁇ O) —NR g R h
  • Examples include a group represented by the group or formula: —NR i R j .
  • R d includes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • Another preferred R d is the formula: —C ( ⁇ O) —NR g R h, where R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl And oxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl).
  • R d is preferably represented by the formula: —NR i R j where R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted Or a substituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl group).
  • R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl Substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, And substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
  • R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl,
  • R 4 includes substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 .
  • —OR 6 —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCONR 7 R 8 or —CH 2 NHCOR 12 , (R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 , and R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen. Or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and R 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group).
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
  • n and p are each independently an integer of 1 to 3. m is preferably 1 or 2. p is preferably 1. As the compound represented by the formula (I) or the compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action, the following two compounds are particularly preferable.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by containing a compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient is preferred.
  • a compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the present invention include the following salts.
  • Examples of basic salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salt and magnesium salt; ammonium salt; trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, ethanolamine salt, diethanolamine salt , Triethanolamine salt, procaine salt, meglumine salt, diethanolamine salt or ethylenediamine salt or other aliphatic amine salt; N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine, venetamine salt or other aralkylamine salt; pyridine salt, picoline salt, quinoline salt, isoquinoline Heterocyclic aromatic amine salts such as salts; tetramethylammonium salt, tetraethylammonium salt, benzyltrimethylammonium salt, benzyltriethylammonium salt, benzyltributylammonium salt
  • the acid salt examples include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, carbonate, bicarbonate, perchlorate; acetate, propionate, lactate, maleate, Organic acid salts such as fumarate, tartrate, malate, citrate, ascorbate; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate, isethionate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate; Examples include acidic amino acids such as aspartate and glutamate.
  • the solvate means a solvate of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and examples thereof include alcohol (eg, ethanol) solvate and hydrate.
  • examples of the hydrate include monohydrate, dihydrate and the like.
  • “Hyperglucocorticoidemia” refers to a condition in which cortisol, cortisone and / or corticosterone is chronically higher than a reference value, and particularly includes “hypercortisolemia”. Specifically, it refers to a state in which cortisol within 2 hours from waking up is 10 ⁇ g / mL or more, preferably 24.0 ⁇ g / mL or more.
  • the “pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia” refers to a pathological condition caused by becoming a state of hyperglucocorticoidemia due to an endogenous and / or exogenous cause.
  • First Step This is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-B) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-A) with hydrazine.
  • Solvents include N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, benzene, xylene, etc.), saturated hydrocarbons (eg, cyclohexane, hexane, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane) , Chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.), ketones (eg, Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), nitriles (eg,
  • alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.
  • Pro-OH may be used.
  • the reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • the second step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-C) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-B) with a compound represented by R 5 X in the presence of a base.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ketones eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
  • N-dimethylformamide may be used.
  • Examples of the base include metal hydrides (eg, sodium hydride), metal hydroxides (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, barium hydroxide), metal carbonates (eg, sodium carbonate) , Calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.), metal alkoxide (eg, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide, etc.), sodium bicarbonate, metal sodium, organic amine (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU) 2,6-lutidine, etc.), pyridine, alkyl lithium (n-BuLi, sec-BuLi, tert-BuLi) and the like.
  • metal hydrides eg, sodium hydride
  • metal hydroxides eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, barium hydroxide
  • metal carbonates eg, sodium carbonate
  • Calcium carbonate e.
  • a metal carbonate eg, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • Step 2 This is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-D) by hydrolyzing a compound represented by the formula (II-C).
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.
  • water and a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
  • the base the base described in Step 2 can be used.
  • a metal hydroxide eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at ⁇ 20 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • the fourth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (IA) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-D) with a compound represented by the formula (ring A—NH—R 1 ).
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • N-dimethylformamide may be used.
  • the base the base described in Step 2 can be used.
  • an organic amine eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU, 2,6-lutidine, etc.
  • an organic amine eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU, 2,6-lutidine, etc.
  • 1-ethyl-3- (3′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (WSCI) or 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCCD) can be used as a condensing agent.
  • WSCI 1-ethyl-3- (3′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide
  • DCCD 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • N-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) or N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu) can be used.
  • Fifth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-E) by converting a hydroxy group of a compound represented by the formula (II-B) into chlorine.
  • phosphorus oxychloride POCl 3
  • the reaction may be carried out at a temperature at which phosphorus oxychloride is refluxed from ⁇ 20 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • the compound represented by the formula (II-E) is reacted with the compound represented by R 5 SH in the presence of a base to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-F).
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ketones eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
  • N-dimethylformamide may be used.
  • the base the base described in Step 2 can be used.
  • metal hydrides eg, sodium hydride
  • metal carbonates eg, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • the seventh step is a step of hydrolyzing the compound represented by the formula (II-E) to produce the compound represented by the formula (II-F). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 3rd process.
  • the compound represented by the formula (II-F) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (ring A-NH-R 1 ) to produce the compound represented by the formula (IB). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
  • each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-G) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method.
  • the ninth step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-G) with a compound represented by the formula (ring A-NH-R 1 ) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IC). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
  • each symbol is as defined above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-H) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method.
  • Pro and Pro ′ mean protecting groups. Examples of Pro and Pro ′ include methyl group, ethyl group, benzyl group, benzoyl group, t-butyl group, etc. Hal means halogen.
  • Tenth step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-H) with hydrazine to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-1). What is necessary is just to perform like the said 1st process.
  • Eleventh step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-J) by oxidizing a compound represented by the formula (II-I).
  • oxidizing agent metal salts such as IBX (2-iodoxybenzoic acid), chromium, manganese, silver, metal oxides, and organic oxidizing agents can be used.
  • solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • acetonitrile or esters eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 24 hours. This oxidation reaction step can also be performed under conditions such as Swern oxidation and TEMPO oxidation.
  • Twelfth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-L) by a Wittig reaction between a compound represented by the formula (II-J) and a compound represented by the formula (II-K).
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • esters eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • the base the base described in Step 2 can be used.
  • an organic amine eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU, 2,6-lutidine, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at ⁇ 20 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • the thirteenth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-M) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-L) with R b -Hal in the presence of a base.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • the base the base described in Step 2 can be used.
  • metal alkoxide eg, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide, etc.
  • LDA may be used.
  • the reaction may be performed at ⁇ 78 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • the 14th step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-N) by deprotecting a compound represented by the formula (II-M) under strongly acidic conditions.
  • the strong acid for example, trifluoroacetic acid or sulfuric acid can be used.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.
  • the reaction may be performed at ⁇ 78 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Fifteenth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-O) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-N) with an amine. What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
  • Sixteenth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-P) by deprotecting the compound represented by the formula (II-O). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 3rd process.
  • the seventeenth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (ID) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-P) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
  • the eighteenth step is a step for reducing a compound represented by the formula (ID) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IE).
  • a catalytic hydrogenation reaction using a transition metal catalyst may be performed.
  • the transition metal catalyst platinum, palladium, rhodium, ruthenium, nickel or the like can be used.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • water, a mixed solvent thereof or the like may be used. .
  • the reaction may be performed in the presence of hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst at 20 to 50 ° C. for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • a transition metal catalyst at 20 to 50 ° C. for 0.5 to 48 hours.
  • Pro represents a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, and a t-butyl group.
  • 24th step is a step of converting a compound represented by the formula (II-R) into a compound represented by the formula (II-T).
  • one of R i and R j is hydrogen, and the other is substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
  • This is a reaction step in the case of substituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycleoxycarbonyl.
  • the compound represented by the formula (II-R) may be reacted with a corresponding alcohol or amine.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons eg, toluene, benzene, xylene, etc.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • the reaction may be carried out for 0.5 to 24 hours at a temperature from ⁇ 20 ° C. to reflux of the solvent used.
  • each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-N) may be a known compound, or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method.
  • Protect represents a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, a t-butyl group, etc.
  • Hal represents a halogen.
  • Twenty-fifth step is a step of reducing the compound represented by the formula (II-N) to produce the compound represented by the formula (II-V).
  • a compound represented by the formula (II-N) and ethyl chlorocarbonate are reacted to form an active ester, and then reacted with a reducing agent.
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • ethers eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.
  • the reducing agent examples include sodium triacetoxyhydroborate, sodium borohydride, lithium tetrahydroborate, pyridine borane complex, tetrahydrofuran borane complex, dimethyl sulfide borane complex and 2-picoline borane complex.
  • it is sodium borohydride.
  • the reaction may be performed at ⁇ 20 to 50 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Twenty-sixth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-W) by deprotecting the compound represented by the formula (II-V). What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 3.
  • Twenty-seventh step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-W) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IH). What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 4.
  • Twenty-eighth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IJ) by reducing a compound represented by the formula (IH). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 18 above.
  • Twenty-ninth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IK) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (IH).
  • the solvent the solvent described in Step 1 can be used.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.
  • DAST ((diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride), NCS (N-chlorosuccinimide), NBS (N-bromosuccinimide), CBr 4 , PBr 3 , PBr 5 may be used.
  • the reaction may be carried out at a temperature from ⁇ 78 ° C. to reflux of the solvent used for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • 30th step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IL) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (IJ). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 29 above.
  • R g and R h are hydrogen, and other symbols are as defined above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-O) may be a known compound.
  • Protect may mean a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, and a t-butyl group.
  • Thirty-first step is a step of dehydrating a compound represented by the formula (II-O) to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-X).
  • the reaction may be carried out in halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.) with trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine at ⁇ 20 ° C. to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 10 hours.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.
  • the thirty-third step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (IM) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-Y) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q). What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 4.
  • Thirty-fourth step is a step of reducing a compound represented by the formula (IM) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IN). What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 18 above.
  • the compound represented by the formula (II-A) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method.
  • Pro means a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, a t-butyl group, etc.
  • Pro '' means a protecting group, and the protecting group includes t- (Butyl group, trityl group, benzyl group, p-methoxybenzyl group, silyl group, methanesulfonyl group, acyl group, etc.)
  • Thirty-fifth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-AA) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-A) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Z). What is necessary is just to perform like the said 1st process.
  • Thirty-sixth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-AB) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (II-AA).
  • it can be halogenated under the conditions described in Example 3 of WO2007 / 058346.
  • phosphorous oxychloride may be used for reaction for 0.5 to 24 hours from ⁇ 20 ° C. to a temperature at which phosphorus oxychloride is refluxed.
  • the solvent described in Step 1 can be used as the solvent, but it may not be used.
  • PBr 3 can be used in the same manner.
  • a fluorine body can be obtained by making potassium fluoride act on a corresponding chlorine body.
  • Thirty-seventh step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IO) from a compound represented by the formula (II-AB).
  • the compound of the present invention has excellent type I 11 ⁇ hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitory activity. Therefore, it is used for the treatment or prevention of diseases involving type I 11 ⁇ hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, particularly diseases such as hyperlipidemia, diabetes, obesity, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, hyperglycemia and / or syndrome X. be able to. In particular, it is useful in the treatment or prevention of diabetes.
  • the compound used in the present invention can be administered orally or parenterally.
  • the compound used in the present invention is a usual preparation, for example, solid preparations such as tablets, powders, granules, capsules; liquid preparations; oil suspensions; or liquid preparations such as syrups or elixirs It can be used also as any dosage form.
  • the compound used in the present invention can be used as an aqueous or oily suspension injection or nasal solution.
  • conventional excipients, binders, lubricants, aqueous solvents, oily solvents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, stabilizers and the like can be arbitrarily used.
  • Formulations of the compounds used in the present invention are prepared by combining (eg, mixing) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound used in the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the preparation of the compound used in the present invention is produced by a known method using well-known and readily available components.
  • the dose of the compound used in the present invention varies depending on the administration method, the patient's age, weight, condition, and type of disease, but usually about 0.05 mg to 3000 mg per day for an adult when administered orally, preferably May be administered in an amount of about 0.1 mg to 1000 mg divided if necessary. In the case of parenteral administration, about 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, preferably about 0.05 mg to 500 mg is administered per day for an adult. In administration, it can be used in combination with other therapeutic agents.
  • a phosphonium salt (13.5 g) was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution (40 ml) of compound II-3 (5.6 g), and triethylamine (3.4 g) was added dropwise thereto over 20 minutes. Then, it stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, water (40 ml) was added and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-4 (5.2 g).
  • Triethylamine (152 ⁇ l) and ethyl chlorocarbonate (84 ⁇ l) were added to a solution of compound II-6 (237 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • sodium borohydride (69 mg) and water (1 ml) were added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes.
  • an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off.
  • log k ′ is a value representing the degree of lipophilicity and is calculated by the following equation.
  • log k ′ log (t R ⁇ t 0 ) / t 0 t R : retention time of compound under gradient conditions t 0 : XTerra MS C18 5 ⁇ m, 2.1 ⁇ 100 mm column (Waters) was used for measuring the retention time of the standard substance not retained on the column, and the flow rate was 0.25 mL. It was measured by applying a linear gradient of acetonitrile / pH 6.8 buffer (5:95 to 95: 5/20 minutes) per minute.
  • Cortisol concentration was calculated from a standard curve prepared with cortisol of known concentration for each experiment. The concentration of cortisol produced when no inhibitor was included was taken as the control value, and the inhibitory curve plotting the inhibition rate against the control value at each concentration of the inhibitor was the 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50 value) against 11 ⁇ -HSD1 of the inhibitor. Calculated.
  • 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor Compound evaluation for mouse 11 ⁇ -HSD1 Inhibitors include 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml), NADPH (0.42 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate (1.26 mg / ml), glucose-6 -Substrate 11-dehydrocorticosterone (2 ⁇ M) was added after preincubation for 30 minutes at room temperature in a reaction solution consisting of phosphate dehydrogenase and enzyme (total volume 10 ⁇ l). After reacting at 37 ° C.
  • Corticosterone concentration was calculated from a standard curve prepared with corticosterone of known concentration for each experiment. The concentration of corticosterone produced when no inhibitor was included was taken as the control value, and the inhibitory curve of the inhibitor against 11 ⁇ -HSD1 (IC50 value) was plotted from the inhibition rate against the control value at each concentration of the inhibitor. ) was calculated.
  • mice Used 6-week-old male C57BL / 6J Jcl mice were purchased from CLEA Japan, and after 1-week preliminary breeding, 7-week-old Used in the experiment.
  • Breeding conditions The mice are kept in a breeding environment with a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C and humidity of 55 ⁇ 10%. The lighting is cycled from 8:00 to 20:00 and from 20:00 to 8:00. Is set. During the preliminary breeding and the experiment period, solid feed (CE-2, Nippon Claire) and sterile tap water were freely given.
  • Identification of individual and cage An individual number was marked on the tail of the mouse with oil-based ink for identification.
  • the cage was labeled with the name of the person responsible for the test, date of arrival, strain, sex, and supplier, and was kept at 20 / cage during preliminary breeding. After the start of the experiment, the animals were raised at 3 animals / cage.
  • Administration method Oral administration was forcibly administered into the stomach with an oral sonde at a rate of 10 mL / kg. Intravenous administration was carried out from the tail vein with a glass syringe at a rate of 2.5 mL / kg.
  • Evaluation items Blood was collected at a time point from the heart, and the drug concentration in plasma was measured using HPLC or LC / MS / MS.
  • the area under the plasma concentration-time curve was calculated using the non-linear minimum program WinNonlin (registered trademark), and the biologic was calculated from the AUC of the oral administration group and intravenous administration group. Availability was calculated.
  • mice 9-10 week old male ob / ob mice were used in the HSD1 inhibitory activity evaluation method experiments using isolated adipose tissue.
  • the test compound 30-50 mg / kg was orally administered to the animals, and after 8 and 16 hours, visceral fat was removed under chloral hydrate anesthesia, and the HSD1 activity in fat was measured.
  • the HSD1 inhibitory activity of the test compound was calculated by taking the 0.5% methylcellulose solution orally and giving the HSD1 activity in fat of animals treated in the same manner as 100.
  • phosphate buffer 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml)
  • HSD1 enzyme activity was measured using 60 ⁇ l of reaction solution (50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml), NADPH (0.42 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate (1.26 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate dehydrgenase) and 20 ⁇ l of fat homogenate solution were mixed, and 20 ⁇ l of 10 ⁇ M 11-DHC solution was added as a substrate, and then the reaction was started. The reaction was carried out at 37 ° C. for 60 minutes, and the reaction was stopped by adding 200 ⁇ l of ethyl acetate.
  • Mouse myoblast cell line C2C12 cells were cultured in the appropriate media described below and maintained at 37 ° C., 95-98% humidity and 5% CO 2 . In normal culture, the cells were cultured in DMEM Low Glucose (GIBCO) + 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, GIBCO) + Penicillin (100 units / mL, GIBCO) + Streptomycin (100 ug / mL, GIBCO).
  • DMEM Low Glucose GIBCO
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Penicillin 100 units / mL
  • GIBCO Penicillin
  • Streptomycin 100 ug / mL, GIBCO
  • DMEM Low Glucose GIBCO + 2% horse serum (HS, GIBCO) + Penicillin (100 units / mL, GIBCO) + Streptomycin (100ug / mL, GIBCO ).
  • HS horse serum
  • Penicillin 100 units / mL, GIBCO
  • Streptomycin 100ug / mL, GIBCO
  • Test Example 5 Effects of compounds on changes in Atrogin and MuRF1 expression by cortisone treatment in C2C12 cells
  • the effects of glucocorticoid on Atrogin and MuRF1 expression in vitro, and the effects of compounds on the increase in Atrogin and MuRF1 expression by cortisone treatment were examined.
  • Effect of Compound on Atrogin and MuRF1 Expression Increase by Cortisone Treatment Differentiated C2C12 cells were treated with each concentration of Compound I-168 (Compound H), and 1 hour later, 1 uM cortisone (Sigma) was treated. After 24 hours, total RNA was extracted using RNAesay mini kit (QIAGEN) according to the manufacturer's recommended protocol.
  • the primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse Atrogin is FW primer: CTGGAAATAATGGATGGCCACA; RV primer: TGGAACCAAAGGCTCCCAAG was used.
  • the primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse MuRF1 is FW primer: TGTCTCACGGTTGAGGTGCCCTA; RV primer: CACCAGCATGGGATAGGCAGTAC Was used.
  • the primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse RPS18 is FW primer: TTCTGGCCAACGGTCTAGACACAC; RV primer: CCAGTGGTCTTGGTTGCTGA was used.
  • 1 uM cortisone treatment increased Atrogin and MuRF1 mRNA expression levels by 2.23 times and 1.50 times, respectively, and the pretreatment with compound I-168 (Compound H) suppressed these gene expression increases in a dose-dependent manner and significantly. From this result, it was shown that 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor suppresses cortisone-induced muscle atrophy in vitro (FIG. 1).
  • Six hours after the first administration the same dose of the compound as that of the first administration was orally administered.
  • the gastrocnemius muscle was removed and frozen immediately after removal. Add 3 times the amount of tissue homogenized to the gastrocnemius muscle (100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl) and grind muscle tissue using TissueLyser II (Qiagen) in a room maintained at 4 degrees A muscle homogenate was created.
  • Test Example 7 Effects on mice by transplantation of cortisone pellets and effects of repeated oral administration of compounds
  • a cortisone pellet was subcutaneously transplanted to C57BL / 6J (male 10 weeks old, Claire, Japan) under anesthesia to produce a cortisone pellet transplanted animal.
  • Compound I-168 Compound H 30 mg / kg dissolved in 0.5% methylcellulose (Wako Pure Chemical Industries) for 9 days at a dose of 10 mL / kg, twice a day, Orally administered.
  • Body weight was measured on the day of transplantation and on the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 8th, and 9th days after transplantation.
  • the amount of food consumption was calculated as the amount of food consumed for 24 hours from the sixth day after transplantation.
  • the grip strength test was performed using DEF002 (SD instruments) on the 8th day after transplantation.
  • blood was collected from the abdominal aorta under anesthesia, then the tibialis anterior (TA), gastrocnemius (GA), extensor digitorum longus (EDL), foot, Plantars (PLANT) were isolated and weighed.
  • Plasma was separated from the obtained blood sample, steroid was extracted using ethyl acetate, HPCL (2690 (Waters, Separations module), 2487 (Waters, Dual ⁇ absorbance detector), LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP- The concentration of steroid contained in the extract was quantified using select B (Merck KGaA, Column).
  • select B Merck KGaA, Column.
  • blood cortisone concentration and cortisol concentration increased by transplanting cortisone pellets.
  • Repeated administration of the compound to cortisone pellet transplanted animals further increased blood cortisone levels and decreased blood cortisol levels.
  • transplantation of cortisone pellets decreased body weight and food consumption, decreased the weight of TA, GA, EDL, and plant, and decreased grip strength (FIGS. 4 and 5).
  • Test Example 8 Effects of Corticosterone on Mice and Effects of Repeated Oral Compound Administration
  • Corticosterone solution Sigma Aldrich, dissolved in 1% ethanol, supplied as 30 ug / mL or 100 ug / mL
  • C57BL / 6J male, 10 weeks old, Claire, Japan
  • compound I-30 (30 mg / mL) kg, 10 mL / kg
  • Animals were dissected 4 weeks after the start of dosing, and subcutaneous fat (FIG.
  • active ingredient means a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a hydrate thereof.
  • Hard gelatin capsules are manufactured using the following ingredients: Dose (mg / capsule) Active ingredient 250 Starch (dried) 200 Magnesium stearate 10 Total 460mg
  • Tablets are manufactured using the following ingredients: Dose (mg / tablet) Active ingredient 250 Cellulose (microcrystal) 400 Silicon dioxide (fume) 10 Stearic acid 5 665mg total The ingredients are mixed and compressed into tablets each weighing 665 mg.
  • Aerosol solution is prepared containing the following ingredients: weight Active ingredient 0.25 Ethanol 25.75 Propellant 22 (chlorodifluoromethane) 74.00 Total 100.00
  • the active ingredient and ethanol are mixed and this mixture is added to a portion of the propellant 22, cooled to ⁇ 30 ° C. and transferred to a filling device. The required amount is then fed into a stainless steel container and diluted with the remaining propellant. Attach the bubble unit to the container.
  • a tablet containing 60 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows: Active ingredient 60mg 45mg starch Microcrystalline cellulose 35mg Polyvinylpyrrolidone (10% solution in water) 4mg Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5mg Magnesium stearate 0.5mg Talc 1mg 150mg total The active ingredients, starch, and cellulose are no. 45 mesh U.V. S. And mix well. An aqueous solution containing polyvinylpyrrolidone was mixed with the obtained powder, and the mixture was 14 mesh U.S. S. Pass through a sieve. The granules thus obtained were dried at 50 ° C. 18 mesh U.F. S. Pass through a sieve. No. 60 mesh U.S. S. Sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc passed through a sieve are added to the granules, mixed and then compressed on a tablet press to obtain tablets each weighing 150 mg.
  • Capsules containing 80 mg of active ingredient are prepared as follows: Active ingredient 80mg Starch 59mg Microcrystalline cellulose 59mg Magnesium stearate 2mg Total 200mg Mix the active ingredient, starch, cellulose and magnesium stearate; 45 mesh U.V. S. Through the sieve and filled into hard gelatin capsules 200 mg each.
  • a suppository containing 225 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows: Active ingredient 225mg Saturated fatty acid glyceride 2000mg Total 2225mg The active ingredient is No. 60 mesh U.S. S. And suspended in a saturated fatty acid glyceride that has been heated and melted to the minimum necessary. The mixture is then cooled in an apparent 2 g mold.
  • a suspension containing 50 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows: Active ingredient 50mg Sodium carboxymethylcellulose 50mg Syrup 1.25ml Benzoic acid solution 0.10ml Fragrance q. v. Dye q. v. 5ml in total with purified water The active ingredient is No. 45 mesh U.V. S. And is mixed with sodium carboxymethylcellulose and syrup to form a smooth paste. Add the benzoic acid solution and perfume diluted with a portion of the water and stir. Then add a sufficient amount of water to the required volume.
  • the intravenous formulation is manufactured as follows: Active ingredient 100mg Saturated fatty acid glyceride 1000ml Solutions of the above components are usually administered intravenously to the patient at a rate of 1 ml per minute.
  • the compound according to the present invention is very useful as a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent excellent in a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.

Abstract

An agent for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized in containing as an active ingredient a compound indicated by formula (I): (where ring A is (II), ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocycle or the like, R1 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R2 is -OR5 or -SR5, R3 is a group indicated by the formula: :- CH = CH - C (RaRb) - Rc- Rd, Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or the like, Rc is - (CH2) n - (where n is an integer of 0 to 3), Rd is hydrogen, a halogen, or the like, R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or -OR6, R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or the like, R6 is hydrogen or -CONR7R8, R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Description

I型11βヒドロキシステロイド脱水素酵素阻害活性を有する医薬組成物Pharmaceutical composition having activity of inhibiting type I 11β hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
 本発明はI型11βヒドロキシステロイド脱水素酵素(11βhydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1)(以下、11β-HSD-1とする)阻害活性を有し、医薬、特に高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤として有用な化合物に関する。 The present invention has a type I 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 (hereinafter referred to as 11β-HSD-1) inhibitory activity, a pharmaceutical agent, particularly a therapeutic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, and The present invention relates to a compound useful as a preventive agent.
 11β-HSD-1は、不活性型ステロイドである11β-デヒドロステロイドを活性型ステロイドに変換する酵素であり、生体の基礎代謝において重要な意義を有すると考えられている(非特許文献1)。また、この11β-HSD-1ノックアウトマウスでは肥満やストレスに伴う高血糖に対して抵抗性を有する(非特許文献2)。さらに、ヒトにおいても11β-HSD-1阻害薬であるカルベノキソロンを投与すると同様の現象が認められた(非特許文献3)。
 これらの知見は、この酵素の選択的阻害剤はインスリン非依存性糖尿病や肥満における治療薬としての可能性を示唆するものである(非特許文献4)。
 非特許文献5には、11β-HSD-1-KOマウスは、コルチコステロン慢性投与により誘発される筋萎縮に抵抗性である旨が記載されているが、化合物を投与した例は記載されていない。
 特許文献1には、11β-HSD-1阻害活性を有する化合物が開示されているが、本発明化合物が高グルココルチコイド血症に関与する病態、特に筋萎縮の治療および/または予防は有用であることは開示されていない。
11β-HSD-1 is an enzyme that converts 11β-dehydrosteroid, which is an inactive steroid, into an active steroid, and is considered to have important significance in the basal metabolism of the living body (Non-patent Document 1). The 11β-HSD-1 knockout mouse is resistant to hyperglycemia associated with obesity and stress (Non-patent Document 2). Furthermore, the same phenomenon was observed in humans when carbenoxolone, an 11β-HSD-1 inhibitor, was administered (Non-patent Document 3).
These findings suggest the possibility that a selective inhibitor of this enzyme is a therapeutic agent in non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus and obesity (Non-patent Document 4).
Non-patent document 5 describes that 11β-HSD-1-KO mice are resistant to muscle atrophy induced by chronic administration of corticosterone, but no example of administration of a compound is described. Absent.
Patent Document 1 discloses a compound having 11β-HSD-1 inhibitory activity, but the compound of the present invention is useful for the treatment and / or prevention of pathological conditions involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, particularly muscle atrophy. That is not disclosed.
WO2008/142986WO2008 / 142986
 本発明の目的は、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の優れた治療剤および/または予防剤を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent excellent in a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
 本発明は、
(1)式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(式中、
環Aは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

であり、
環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
は-ORまたは-SRであり、
は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
は水素または-CONRであり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(2)式(I)で示される化合物が、
式(II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(式中、環A、R、R及びRは、上記(1)と同義である。)で示される化合物である上記(1)記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(3)環Aが式(III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(式中、Rは上記(1)と同義である。)で示される基である上記(1)または(2)記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(4)Rが水素である、上記(1)~(3)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(5)Rが-OR(ここでRは上記(1)と同義である。)である上記(1)~(4)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(6)Rが-SR(ここでRは上記(1)と同義である。)である上記(1)~(4)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(7)Rが置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである上記(1)~(6)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(8)RおよびRが各々独立して、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである上記(1)~(7)記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(9)Rがハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基である上記(1)~(8)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(10)Rが式:-C(=O)-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルである。)で示される基である上記(1)~(8)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(11)Rが式:-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルである。)で示される基である上記(1)~(8)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(12)Rが-OR、-CHOH、-CHOCONRまたは-CHNHCOR12、(ここでR12は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、R~Rは上記(1)と同義である。)である上記(1)~(11)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(13)RおよびRが各々独立して、水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである上記(1)~(12)のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(14)式(I)で示される化合物が、
式(II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式中、環Aが式(III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式中、Rが-OHまたは、-OC(=O)NHである。)で示される基であり、
が水素であり、
が-ORまたは-SRであり、
がイソプロピルであり、
が式:-CH=CH-C(CH-NH(-C=O)-CHである)である上記(1)記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(15)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、筋委縮である、上記(1)~(14)のいずれかに記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(16)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、筋肉量を減少させる疾患である、上記(15)記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(17)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、脂肪量を増加させる疾患である、上記(15)記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(18)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、中性脂肪を増加させる疾患である、上記(15)記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(19)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、遊離脂肪酸を増加させる疾患である、上記(15)記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(20)HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(21)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、筋委縮である、上記(20)記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。
(22)高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療および/または予防のための式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(式中、
環Aは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

であり、
環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
は-ORまたは-SRであり、
は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
は水素または-CONRであり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。
(23)式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(式中、
環Aは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

であり、
環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
は-ORまたは-SRであり、
は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
は水素または-CONRであり、
およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として投与することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療および/または予防方法。
(24)HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩(好ましくは、上記(1)の式(I)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。特に好ましくは、化合物I-30または化合物I-168、またはそれらの製薬上許容される塩。)を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド状態において引き起こされる筋肉量減少抑制剤。
(25)HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩(好ましくは、上記(1)の式(I)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。特に好ましくは、化合物I-30または化合物I-168、またはそれらの製薬上許容される塩。)を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド状態において引き起こされる脂肪量増加抑制剤。
(26)HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩(好ましくは、上記(1)の式(I)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。特に好ましくは、化合物I-30または化合物I-168、またはそれらの製薬上許容される塩。)を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド状態において引き起こされる中性脂肪酸増加抑制剤。
(27)HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩(好ましくは、上記(1)の式(I)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。特に好ましくは、化合物I-30または化合物I-168、またはそれらの製薬上許容される塩。)を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド状態において引き起こされる遊離脂肪酸増加抑制剤。
が包含される。
The present invention
(1) Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(Where
Ring A is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

And
Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition in which symptom is involved.
(2) The compound represented by the formula (I) is
Formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(Wherein ring A, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 have the same meanings as (1) above), the compound of the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is effective. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by containing as a component.
(3) Ring A is represented by formula (III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(Wherein R 4 has the same meaning as (1) above) and contains the compound of the above (1) or (2) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, which is characterized.
(4) Hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to any one of (1) to (3) above, wherein R 1 is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for pathological conditions involving
(5) The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein R 2 is —OR 5 (where R 5 has the same meaning as (1) above). A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising as an active ingredient.
(6) The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein R 2 is —SR 5 (where R 5 has the same meaning as (1) above). A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising as an active ingredient.
(7) The compound according to any one of (1) to (6) above, wherein R 5 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving glucocorticoidemia.
(8) R a and R b each independently contains, as an active ingredient, the compound according to the above (1) to (7) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
(9) Any one of the above (1) to (8), wherein R d is halogen, hydroxy, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising the described compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
(10) R d is represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h, wherein R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or A compound represented by any one of the above (1) to (8) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
(11) R d is represented by the formula: —NR i R j wherein R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted An alkylcarbonyl or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl.) Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is a group represented by any one of the above (1) to (8) A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by containing as a component.
(12) R 4 is —OR 6 , —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCONR 7 R 8 or —CH 2 NHCOR 12 , wherein R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and R 6 to R 8 are the above ( 1) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, wherein the hyperglucocorticoidemia is the same as 1) Therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for pathological conditions involving
(13) The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (12) above, wherein R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising:
(14) The compound represented by the formula (I) is
Formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

Wherein ring A is represented by formula (III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(Wherein R 4 is —OH or —OC (═O) NH 2 ),
R 1 is hydrogen;
R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
R 5 is isopropyl;
R 3 is the formula: —CH═CH—C (CH 3 ) 2 —NH (—C═O) —CH 3 )) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising:
(15) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to any one of (1) to (14) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is muscle atrophy.
(16) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that decreases muscle mass.
(17) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases fat mass.
(18) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases neutral fat.
(19) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (15) above, wherein the pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia is a disease that increases free fatty acids.
(20) A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising a compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
(21) The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to (20) above, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is muscle atrophy.
(22) Formula (I) for the treatment and / or prevention of pathologies involving hyperglucocorticoidemia:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(Where
Ring A is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

And
Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
(23) Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(Where
Ring A is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

And
Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and administered as an active ingredient, high glucocorticoid blood A method for treating and / or preventing a disease state in which a disease is involved.
(24) A compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) of the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably a compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an agent for inhibiting muscle mass loss caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
(25) A compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) in the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably compound I- 30 or Compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an inhibitor of fat mass increase caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
(26) A compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by formula (I) in the above (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and a neutral fatty acid increase inhibitor caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
(27) A compound having an inhibitory action on HSD1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound represented by the formula (I) of (1) above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, particularly preferably Compound I- 30 or a compound I-168, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof)) as an active ingredient, and an inhibitor of increase in free fatty acid caused in a high glucocorticoid state.
Is included.
 本発明の高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤は、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する筋萎縮の優れた治療剤および/または予防剤として、非常に有用である。特に本発明の高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤は、高コルチゾール血症による筋萎縮を発症した患者に有用である。 さらには高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する筋肉量を減少させる疾患、脂肪量を増加させる疾患、中性脂肪を増加させる疾患および/または遊離脂肪酸を増加させる疾患の優れた治療剤および/または予防剤として、非常に有用である。
 ここで、医薬としての有用性としては、代謝安定性がよい点、薬物代謝酵素の誘導も少ない点、他の薬剤を代謝する薬物代謝酵素の阻害も小さい点、経口吸収性の高い化合物である点、クリアランスが小さい点、毒性、特に心毒性が低い点または、半減期が薬効を発現するために十分長い点などが含まれる。
The therapeutic agent and / or preventive agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia of the present invention is very useful as an excellent therapeutic agent and / or prophylactic agent for muscle atrophy involving hyperglucocorticoidemia. In particular, the therapeutic agent and / or prophylactic agent for a disease state involving hyperglucocorticoidemia of the present invention is useful for patients who have developed muscle atrophy due to hypercortisolemia. Furthermore, an excellent therapeutic agent and / or preventive agent for diseases that decrease muscle mass, hyperlipidemia, diseases that increase triglycerides, and / or diseases that increase free fatty acids, which are associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia As very useful.
Here, as usefulness as a medicine, it is a compound with high metabolic stability, low induction of drug metabolizing enzymes, small inhibition of drug metabolizing enzymes that metabolize other drugs, and high oral absorbability The point includes a point having a small clearance, a point having low toxicity, particularly a cardiotoxicity, or a point having a sufficiently long half-life for exhibiting a medicinal effect.
C2C12細胞におけるコルチゾン処置によるAtrogin、MuRF1発現変化に対する化合物I-168の効果Effect of Compound I-168 on Atrogin and MuRF1 Expression Changes by Cortisone Treatment in C2C12 Cells 単回投与から1時間後の筋肉中11β-HSD1活性11β-HSD1 activity in muscle 1 hour after single administration 単回投与から24時間後の筋肉中11β-HSD1活性Muscle 11β-HSD1 activity 24 hours after a single dose コルチゾンペレット移植によるマウスへの影響と化合物反復経口投与の効果(各筋肉)Effects on mice by cortisone pellet transplantation and effects of repeated oral administration of compounds (each muscle) コルチゾンペレット移植によるマウスへの影響と化合物反復経口投与の効果(握力)Effects on mice by cortisone pellet transplantation and effects of repeated oral administration of compounds (grip strength) コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの皮下脂肪への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果Effects of corticosterone administration on subcutaneous fat in mice and effects of repeated oral administration of compound I-30 コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの精巣上体脂肪への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果Effects of corticosterone administration on epididymal fat in mice and effects of repeated oral administration of compound I-30 コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの腓腹筋への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果Effects of corticosterone administration on gastrocnemius muscle in mice and effects of repeated oral administration of compound I-30 コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの前脛骨筋への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果Effects of corticosterone administration on the anterior tibial muscle of mice and the effect of repeated oral administration of compound I-30 コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの血中の中性脂肪量への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果Effect of corticosterone administration on the amount of neutral fat in the blood of mice and the effect of repeated oral administration of Compound I-30 コルチコステロン投与によるマウスの血中の遊離脂肪酸への影響と化合物I-30の反復経口投与の効果 図6~図11において、*はp<0.05 vs 溶媒 (CORT 0 ug/mL), Dunnett検定、#はp<0.05 vs 溶媒 (コルチコステロン 30 ug/mL) or 溶媒 (CORT 100 ug/mL), Student’s t検定において有意な差が得られたことを示す。Effect of corticosterone administration on free fatty acids in the blood of mice and the effect of repeated oral administration of compound I-30. In FIGS. 6-11, * indicates p <0.05 vs solvent (CORT 0 ug / mL), Dunnett test , # Indicates that a significant difference was obtained in the p <0.05-vs solvent (corticosterone 30 ug / mL) or solvent (CORT 100 ug / mL) and Student's t test.
 以下に本明細書中で使用する各用語を説明する。なお、本明細書中、各用語は単独で使用されている場合も、または他の用語と一緒になって使用されている場合も、同一の意義を有する。 The terms used in this specification are explained below. In the present specification, each term has the same meaning whether used alone or in combination with other terms.
 「ハロゲン」とは、フッ素、塩素、臭素およびヨウ素を包含する。特にフッ素、塩素および臭素が好ましい。 “Halogen” includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Particularly preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
 「アルキル」は、炭素数1~10個の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を意味し、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、n-ぺンチル、イソぺンチル、ネオぺンチル、n-ヘキシル、イソヘキシル、n-ヘプチル、n-オクチル、n-ノニル、n-デシル等が挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数1~6または1~4個のアルキルであり、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、n-ぺンチル、イソぺンチル、ネオぺンチル、n-ヘキシル、イソヘキシルが挙げられる。 “Alkyl” means a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert- Examples include butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl and the like. Preferred is alkyl having 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso Examples include pentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, and isohexyl.
 「アルケニル」は、上記「アルキル」に1個又はそれ以上の二重結合を有する炭素数2~8個の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルケニルを意味し、例えば、ビニル、1-プロペニル、2-プロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ブテニル、1,3-ブタジエニル、3-メチル-2-ブテニル等が挙げられる。 “Alkenyl” means a linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms having one or more double bonds to the above “alkyl”, and examples thereof include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2 -Propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl and the like.
 「アルキニル」は、上記「アルキル」に1個又はそれ以上の三重結合を有する炭素数2~8個の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキニルを意味し、例えば、エチニル、プロピニル、ブチニル等が挙げられる。アルキニルは任意の位置の1以上の三重結合の他、さらに二重結合を有していてもよい。 “Alkynyl” means linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms having one or more triple bonds to the above “alkyl”, and examples thereof include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and the like. It is done. In addition to one or more triple bonds at any position, alkynyl may further have a double bond.
 「シクロアルキル」とは、炭素数3~15の環状飽和炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル、橋かけ環式炭化水素基、スピロ炭化水素基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、橋かけ環式炭化水素基が挙げられる。 “Cycloalkyl” means a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, spiro hydrocarbon. Group and the like. Preferably, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group are used.
 「スピロ炭化水素基」とは、2つの炭化水素環が1個の炭素原子を共有して構成されている環から水素を1つ除いてできる基を包含する。具体的にはスピロ[3.4]オクチルなどが挙げられる。 The “spiro hydrocarbon group” includes a group formed by removing one hydrogen from a ring in which two hydrocarbon rings share one carbon atom. Specific examples include spiro [3.4] octyl.
 「橋かけ環式炭化水素基」とは、2つ以上の環が2個またはそれ以上の原子を共有している炭素数5~8の脂肪族環から水素を1つ除いてできる基を包含する。具体的にはビシクロ[2.1.0]ペンチル、ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチルおよびビシクロ[3.2.1]オクチル、トリシクロ[2.2.1.0]ヘプチルや、以下の基が例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
“Bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group” includes a group formed by removing one hydrogen from an aliphatic ring having 5 to 8 carbon atoms in which two or more rings share two or more atoms. To do. Specifically, bicyclo [2.1.0] pentyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl and bicyclo [3.2.1] octyl, tricyclo [2.2. 1.0] heptyl and the following groups are exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 「シクロアルケニル」は、炭素数3~15個の環状の不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、シクロプロペニル、シクロブテニル、シクロペンテニル、シクロヘキセニル、シクロヘプテニルが挙げられ、好ましくはシクロプロペニル、シクロブテニル、シクロペンテニル、シクロヘキセニルである。シクロアルケニルには、環中に不飽和結合を有する橋かけ環式炭化水素基も含む。たとえば、上記シクロアルキルに例示した橋かけ環式炭化水素基の環中に二重結合を1~2個含んだ基などが例示される。 “Cycloalkenyl” means a cyclic unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, preferably cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl. , Cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. Cycloalkenyl also includes a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group having an unsaturated bond in the ring. Examples thereof include a group having 1 to 2 double bonds in the ring of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group exemplified for the above cycloalkyl.
 「アリール」は、単環芳香族炭化水素基(例:フェニル)及び多環芳香族炭化水素基(例:1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、1-アントリル、2-アントリル、9-アントリル、1-フェナントリル、2-フェナントリル、3-フェナントリル、4-フェナントリル、9-フェナントリル等)を意味する。好ましくは、フェニル又はナフチル(1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル)が挙げられる。 “Aryl” means a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group (eg, phenyl) and a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group (eg, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-anthryl, 2-anthryl, 9-anthryl, 1- Phenanthryl, 2-phenanthryl, 3-phenanthryl, 4-phenanthryl, 9-phenanthryl and the like. Preferable is phenyl or naphthyl (1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl).
 「芳香族複素環式基」は、単環芳香族複素環式基及び縮合芳香族複素環式基を意味する。
 単環芳香族複素環式基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、および/又は窒素原子を環内に1~4個含んでいてもよい5~8員の芳香環から誘導される、置換可能な任意の位置に結合手を有していてもよい基を意味する。
 縮合芳香族複素環式基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、および/又は窒素原子を環内に1~4個含んでいてもよい5~8員の芳香環が、1~4個の5~8員の芳香族炭素環もしくは他の5~8員の芳香族ヘテロ環と縮合している、置換可能な任意の位置に結合手を有していてもよい基を意味する。
“Aromatic heterocyclic group” means a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group and a condensed aromatic heterocyclic group.
The monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is a substitutable optional group derived from a 5- to 8-membered aromatic ring which may contain 1 to 4 oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring. Means a group which may have a bond at the position.
The fused aromatic heterocyclic group has 1 to 4 5 to 8 5 to 8 membered aromatic rings which may contain 1 to 4 oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring. It means a group which may have a bond at any substitutable position which is fused with a member aromatic carbocyclic ring or other 5- to 8-membered aromatic heterocycle.
 「芳香族複素環式基」としては、例えば、フリル(例:2-フリル、3-フリル)、チエニル(例:2-チエニル、3-チエニル)、ピロリル(例:1-ピロリル、2-ピロリル、3-ピロリル)、イミダゾリル(例:1-イミダゾリル、2-イミダゾリル、4-イミダゾリル)、ピラゾリル(例:1-ピラゾリル、3-ピラゾリル、4-ピラゾリル)、トリアゾリル(例:1,2,4-トリアゾール-1-イル、1,2,4-トリアゾール-3-イル、1,2,4-トリアゾール-4-イル)、テトラゾリル(例:1-テトラゾリル、2-テトラゾリル、5-テトラゾリル)、オキサゾリル(例:2-オキサゾリル、4-オキサゾリル、5-オキサゾリル)、イソキサゾリル(例:3-イソキサゾリル、4-イソキサゾリル、5-イソキサゾリル)、チアゾリル(例:2-チアゾリル、4-チアゾリル、5-チアゾリル)、チアジアゾリル、イソチアゾリル(例:3-イソチアゾリル、4-イソチアゾリル、5-イソチアゾリル)、ピリジル(例:2-ピリジル、3-ピリジル、4-ピリジル)、ピリダジニル(例:3-ピリダジニル、4-ピリダジニル)、ピリミジニル(例:2-ピリミジニル、4-ピリミジニル、5-ピリミジニル)、フラザニル(例:3-フラザニル)、ピラジニル(例:2-ピラジニル)、オキサジアゾリル(例:1,3,4-オキサジアゾール-2-イル)、ベンゾフリル(例:2-ベンゾ[b]フリル、3-ベンゾ[b]フリル、4-ベンゾ[b]フリル、5-ベンゾ[b]フリル、6-ベンゾ[b]フリル、7-ベンゾ[b]フリル)、ベンゾチエニル(例:2-ベンゾ[b]チエニル、3-ベンゾ[b]チエニル、4-ベンゾ[b]チエニル、5-ベンゾ[b]チエニル、6-ベンゾ[b]チエニル、7-ベンゾ[b]チエニル)、ベンズイミダゾリル(例:1-ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル、4-ベンゾイミダゾリル、5-ベンゾイミダゾリル)、ベンゾチアゾリル、ジベンゾフリル、ベンゾオキサゾリル、キノキサリル(例:2-キノキサリニル、5-キノキサリニル、6-キノキサリニル)、シンノリニル(例:3-シンノリニル、4-シンノリニル、5-シンノリニル、6-シンノリニル、7-シンノリニル、8-シンノリニル)、キナゾリル(例:2-キナゾリニル、4-キナゾリニル、5-キナゾリニル、6-キナゾリニル、7-キナゾリニル、8-キナゾリニル)、キノリル(例:2-キノリル、3-キノリル、4-キノリル、5-キノリル、6-キノリル、7-キノリル、8-キノリル)、フタラジニル(例:1-フタラジニル、5-フタラジニル、6-フタラジニル)、イソキノリル(例:1-イソキノリル、3-イソキノリル、4-イソキノリル、5-イソキノリル、6-イソキノリル、7-イソキノリル、8-イソキノリル)、プリル、プテリジニル(例:2-プテリジニル、4-プテリジニル、6-プテリジニル、7-プテリジニル)、カルバゾリル、フェナントリジニル、アクリジニル(例:1-アクリジニル、2-アクリジニル、3-アクリジニル、4-アクリジニル、9-アクリジニル)、インドリル(例:1-インドリル、2-インドリル、3-インドリル、4-インドリル、5-インドリル、6-インドリル、7-インドリル)、イソインドリル、ファナジニル(例:1-フェナジニル、2-フェナジニル)又はフェノチアジニル(例:1-フェノチアジニル、2-フェノチアジニル、3-フェノチアジニル、4-フェノチアジニル)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the “aromatic heterocyclic group” include furyl (eg, 2-furyl, 3-furyl), thienyl (eg, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl), pyrrolyl (eg, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl). , 3-pyrrolyl), imidazolyl (eg, 1-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl), pyrazolyl (eg, 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl), triazolyl (eg, 1,2,4- Triazol-1-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1,2,4-triazol-4-yl), tetrazolyl (eg 1-tetrazolyl, 2-tetrazolyl, 5-tetrazolyl), oxazolyl ( Examples: 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl), isoxazolyl (eg, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl) Zolyl), thiazolyl (eg 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl), thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl (eg 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl), pyridyl (eg 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl) 4-pyridyl), pyridazinyl (eg: 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl), pyrimidinyl (eg: 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl), furazanyl (eg: 3-furazanyl), pyrazinyl (eg: 2 -Pyrazinyl), oxadiazolyl (eg 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl), benzofuryl (eg 2-benzo [b] furyl, 3-benzo [b] furyl, 4-benzo [b] furyl 5-benzo [b] furyl, 6-benzo [b] furyl, 7-benzo [b] furyl), benzo Enyl (eg, 2-benzo [b] thienyl, 3-benzo [b] thienyl, 4-benzo [b] thienyl, 5-benzo [b] thienyl, 6-benzo [b] thienyl, 7-benzo [b] Thienyl), benzimidazolyl (eg, 1-benzimidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 4-benzoimidazolyl, 5-benzoimidazolyl), benzothiazolyl, dibenzofuryl, benzoxazolyl, quinoxalyl (eg, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 6-quinoxalinyl) ), Cinnolinyl (eg, 3-cinnolinyl, 4-cinnolinyl, 5-cinnolinyl, 6-cinnolinyl, 7-cinnolinyl, 8-cinnolinyl), quinazolyl (eg: 2-quinazolinyl, 4-quinazolinyl, 5-quinazolinyl, 6-quinazolinyl) 7-quinazolinyl, 8-ki Nazolinyl), quinolyl (eg 2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 6-quinolyl, 7-quinolyl, 8-quinolyl), phthalazinyl (eg 1-phthalazinyl, 5-phthalazinyl, 6- Phthalazinyl), isoquinolyl (eg, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 6-isoquinolyl, 7-isoquinolyl, 8-isoquinolyl), prill, pteridinyl (eg, 2-pteridinyl, 4-pteridinyl, 6-pteridinyl, 7-pteridinyl), carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl (eg 1-acridinyl, 2-acridinyl, 3-acridinyl, 4-acridinyl, 9-acridinyl), indolyl (eg 1-indolyl, 2 -In-drill, 3-in-drill, 4-India , 5-indolyl, 6-indolyl, 7-indolyl), isoindolyl, fanadinyl (eg 1-phenazinyl, 2-phenazinyl) or phenothiazinyl (eg 1-phenothiazinyl, 2-phenothiazinyl, 3-phenothiazinyl, 4-phenothiazinyl) and the like.
 「非芳香族複素環式基」は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び/又は窒素原子を環内に1~4個含んでいてもよく、置換可能な任意の位置に結合手を有していてもよい非芳香族複素環式基を意味する。また、そのような非芳香族複素環式基がさらに炭素数1~4のアルキル鎖で架橋されていてもよく、シクロアルカン(5~6員環が好ましい)、芳香族炭素環や芳香族ヘテロ環が縮合していてもよい。非芳香族であれば、飽和でも不飽和でもよい。好ましくは5~8員環である。例えば、1-ピロリニル、2-ピロリニル、3-ピロリニル、1-ピロリジニル、2-ピロリジニル、3-ピロリジニル、1-イミダゾリニル、2-イミダゾリニル、4-イミダゾリニル、1-イミダゾリジニル、2-イミダゾリジニル、4-イミダゾリジニル、1-ピラゾリニル、3-ピラゾリニル、4-ピラゾリニル、1-ピラゾリジニル、3-ピラゾリジニル、4-ピラゾリジニル、ピペリジノ、2-ピペリジニル、3-ピペリジニル、4-ピペリジニル、1-ピペラジニル、2-ピペラジニル、2-モルホリニル、3-モルホリニル、モルホリノ、テトラヒドロピラニルや、以下の基が例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
The “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” may contain 1 to 4 oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and / or nitrogen atoms in the ring, and has a bond at any substitutable position. Means a non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Further, such a non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be further bridged with an alkyl chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a cycloalkane (preferably a 5 to 6 membered ring), an aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic heterocycle. The ring may be condensed. If it is non-aromatic, it may be saturated or unsaturated. A 5- to 8-membered ring is preferred. For example, 1-pyrrolinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 1-imidazolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 4-imidazolinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl, 2-imidazolidinyl, 4-imidazolidinyl, 1-pyrazolinyl, 3-pyrazolinyl, 4-pyrazolinyl, 1-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolidinyl, 4-pyrazolidinyl, piperidino, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, 2-morpholinyl, Examples thereof include 3-morpholinyl, morpholino, tetrahydropyranyl and the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 「置換もしくは非置換のアルキル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル」、「置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアリール」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリール」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリールスルホニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクルスルホニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシ」、「置換もしくは非置換のアシル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクルオキシカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル」、「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリールカルボニル」または「置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクルカルボニル」における置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、ハロゲン、ハロゲン化アルキル(例:CF、CHCF、CHCCl)、ニトロ、ニトロソ、シアノ、アルキル(例:メチル、エチル、イソプロピル、tert-ブチル)、アルケニル(例:ビニル)、アルキニル(例:エチニル)、シクロアルキル(例:シクロプロピル、アダマンチル)、ヒドロキシアルキル(例:ヒドロキシメチル)、シクロアルキルアルキル(例:シクロヘキシルメチル、アダマンチルメチル)、シクロアルケニル(例:シクロプロペニル)、アリール(例:フェニル、ナフチル)、アリールアルキル(例:ベンジル、フェネチル)、芳香族複素環式基(例:ピリジル、フリル)、芳香族複素環アルキル(例:ピリジルメチル)、非芳香族複素環式基(例:ピペリジル)、非芳香族複素環アルキル(例:モルホリルメチル)、アルキルオキシ(例:メトキシ、エトキシ、プロポキシ、ブトキシ)、ハロゲン化アルキルオキシ(例:OCF)、アルケニルオキシ(例:ビニルオキシ、アリルオキシ)、アリールオキシ(例:フェニルオキシ)、アルキルオキシカルボニル(例:メトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニル、tert-ブトキシカルボニル)、アリールアルキルオキシ(例:ベンジルオキシ)、アミノ(例:アルキルアミノ(例:メチルアミノ、エチルアミノ、ジメチルアミノ)、アシルアミノ(例:アセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ)、アリールアルキルアミノ(例:ベンジルアミノ、トリチルアミノ)、ヒドロキシアミノ、アルキルアミノアルキル(例:ジエチルアミノメチル)、スルファモイル等からなる群から選択される。1~4個の当該置換基で置換されていてもよい。 “Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl”, “substituted or "Unsubstituted aryl", "substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl", "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle", "substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl", "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl", "substituted or "Unsubstituted arylsulfonyl", "substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylsulfonyl", "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclesulfonyl", "substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy", "substituted or unsubstituted acyl", "substituted Or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl ”,“ position Or “unsubstituted cycloalkyloxycarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted heterocycleoxycarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted” Substituents in “alkylcarbonyl of”, “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylcarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylcarbonyl” or “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclecarbonyl”. as, for example, hydroxy, carboxy, halogen, halogenated alkyl (eg: CF 3, CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CCl 3), nitro, nitroso, cyano, alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, ter -Butyl), alkenyl (eg vinyl), alkynyl (eg ethynyl), cycloalkyl (eg cyclopropyl, adamantyl), hydroxyalkyl (eg hydroxymethyl), cycloalkylalkyl (eg cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyl) , Cycloalkenyl (eg: cyclopropenyl), aryl (eg: phenyl, naphthyl), arylalkyl (eg: benzyl, phenethyl), aromatic heterocyclic group (eg: pyridyl, furyl), aromatic heterocyclic alkyl (eg: : Pyridylmethyl), non-aromatic heterocyclic group (eg piperidyl), non-aromatic heterocyclic alkyl (eg morpholylmethyl), alkyloxy (eg methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy), halogenated alkyloxy (eg : OCF 3 ), alkenyloxy (eg, vinyl) Oxy, allyloxy), aryloxy (eg phenyloxy), alkyloxycarbonyl (eg methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl), arylalkyloxy (eg benzyloxy), amino (eg alkylamino (eg : Methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino), acylamino (example: acetylamino, benzoylamino), arylalkylamino (example: benzylamino, tritylamino), hydroxyamino, alkylaminoalkyl (example: diethylaminomethyl), sulfamoyl, etc. Selected from the group consisting of It may be substituted with 1 to 4 such substituents.
 「置換もしくは非置換のアミノ」、「置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル」、「置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル」、「置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイル」の置換基としては、アルキル、アルケニル、アリール、芳香族複素環式基、アルキルカルボニル、アリールカルボニル、芳香族複素環カルボニル、非芳香族複素環カルボニル、アルキルオキシカルボニル、アリールオキシカルボニル、芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、スルファモイル、アルキルスルホニル、カルバモイル、シクロアルキルスルホニル、アリールスルホニル、芳香族複素環スルホニル、非芳香族複素環スルホニル、アシル、ヒドロキシ、スルホニル、スルフィニル、アミノなどが挙げられる。 Substituents of “substituted or unsubstituted amino”, “substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl”, “substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl” and “substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl” include alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aromatic Heterocyclic group, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, sulfamoyl, alkyl Examples include sulfonyl, carbamoyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, acyl, hydroxy, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, amino and the like.
 式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

で示される化合物における、環A、環B、R、RおよびRの好ましい態様を以下に示す。下記の可能な組合せの化合物が好ましい。
Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

Preferred embodiments of ring A, ring B, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in the compound represented by The following possible combinations of compounds are preferred:
 環Aとしては、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
が挙げられる。
 好ましくは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

が挙げられる。
 特に、環Aとしては、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

が好ましい。
 なお、環Aはシン、アンチのいずれの異性体も包含する。
As ring A,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Is mentioned.
Preferably,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

Is mentioned.
In particular, as ring A,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

Is preferred.
Ring A includes both isomers of syn and anti.
 環Bとしては、置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリールまたは置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクルが挙げられる。
 好ましくは、フリル、チエニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソチアゾリル、ピリジル、モルホリノ、モルホリニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、ピペラジニル、ピロリジニル、テトラヒドロチエニルが挙げられる。
 特に、環Bとしては、ピラゾリルが好ましい。
 また、環BはRおよびR以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
Ring B includes substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
Preferred are furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl.
In particular, as ring B, pyrazolyl is preferable.
Ring B may have a substituent other than R 2 and R 3 .
 Rとしては、水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルが挙げられる。好ましくは、水素、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピルが挙げられる。特に水素が好ましい。 R 1 includes hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. Preferably, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl are used. Hydrogen is particularly preferable.
 Rとしては、-ORまたは-SRで示される基が挙げられる。
特に、-ORが好ましい。
別の対応としては、-SRが好ましい。
R 2 includes a group represented by —OR 5 or —SR 5 .
In particular, —OR 5 is preferable.
Another response is preferably -SR 5 .
 Rとしては、式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基が挙げられる。
 RおよびRとしては、各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンが挙げられる。
 好ましくは各々独立して、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルが挙げられる。
 特に好ましくは、共にメチルが挙げられる。
 Rとしては、-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)が挙げられる。ここでnとしては、0または1が好ましく、特に、0が好ましい。
 Rとしては、水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基が挙げられる。
 好ましいRとしては、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基が挙げられる。
 好ましい別のRとしては、式:-C(=O)-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルである。)で示される基が挙げられる。
 好ましいさらに別のRとしては、式:-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルである。)で示される基が挙げられる。
 RおよびRとしては、各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルが挙げられる。
 RおよびRとしては、各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルが挙げられる。
 Rはとしては、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORが挙げられる。
 好ましくは-OR、-CHOH、-CHOCONRまたは-CHNHCOR12、(Rは水素または-CONRであり、RおよびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、R12は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである。)で示される基である。
 RおよびRとしては各々独立して、水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルが挙げられる。
 好ましくは、各々独立して、水素、メチル、エチルである。
Examples of R 3 include a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d .
R a and R b each independently include hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen.
Preferably each independently, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is mentioned.
Particularly preferably, both include methyl.
Examples of R c include — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer of 0 to 3). Here, as n, 0 or 1 is preferable, and 0 is particularly preferable.
R d includes hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclo Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h Examples include a group represented by the group or formula: —NR i R j .
Preferable R d includes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Another preferred R d is the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h, where R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl And oxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl).
Another preferred R d is preferably represented by the formula: —NR i R j where R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted Or a substituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl group).
R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl Substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, And substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy, or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl.
R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted Non-aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic ring Oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl Or substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl is mentioned.
R 4 includes substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 .
Preferably —OR 6 , —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCONR 7 R 8 or —CH 2 NHCOR 12 , (R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 , and R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen. Or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and R 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group).
R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
Preferably, each independently hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
 mおよびpとしては各々独立して1~3の整数があげられる。
 mとして好ましくは、1または2である。pとして好ましくは、1である。
 式(I)で示される化合物またはHSD1阻害作用を有する化合物としては、以下の2化合物が特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
m and p are each independently an integer of 1 to 3.
m is preferably 1 or 2. p is preferably 1.
As the compound represented by the formula (I) or the compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action, the following two compounds are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤が好ましい。HSD1阻害作用を有する化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩の、化合物としては、以下に示す化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by containing a compound having an HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient is preferred. Examples of the compound having a HSD1 inhibitory action or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 本発明化合物の製薬上許容される塩としては、以下の塩が挙げられる。
 塩基性塩として、例えば、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩;カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩等のアルカリ土類金属塩;アンモニウム塩;トリメチルアミン塩、トリエチルアミン塩、ジシクロヘキシルアミン塩、エタノールアミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩、トリエタノールアミン塩、プロカイン塩、メグルミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩またはエチレンジアミン塩等の脂肪族アミン塩;N,N-ジベンジルエチレンジアミン、ベネタミン塩等のアラルキルアミン塩;ピリジン塩、ピコリン塩、キノリン塩、イソキノリン塩等のヘテロ環芳香族アミン塩;テトラメチルアンモニウム塩、テトラエチルアモニウム塩、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウム塩、ベンジルトリブチルアンモニウム塩、メチルトリオクチルアンモニウム塩、テトラブチルアンモニウム塩等の第4級アンモニウム塩;アルギニン塩、リジン塩等の塩基性アミノ酸塩等が挙げられる。
 酸性塩としては、例えば、塩酸塩、硫酸塩、硝酸塩、リン酸塩、炭酸塩、炭酸水素塩、過塩素酸塩等の無機酸塩;酢酸塩、プロピオン酸塩、乳酸塩、マレイン酸塩、フマール酸塩、酒石酸塩、リンゴ酸塩、クエン酸塩、アスコルビン酸塩等の有機酸塩;メタンスルホン酸塩、イセチオン酸塩、ベンゼンスルホン酸塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸塩等のスルホン酸塩;アスパラギン酸塩、グルタミン酸塩等の酸性アミノ酸等が挙げられる。
Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the present invention include the following salts.
Examples of basic salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salt and magnesium salt; ammonium salt; trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, ethanolamine salt, diethanolamine salt , Triethanolamine salt, procaine salt, meglumine salt, diethanolamine salt or ethylenediamine salt or other aliphatic amine salt; N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine, venetamine salt or other aralkylamine salt; pyridine salt, picoline salt, quinoline salt, isoquinoline Heterocyclic aromatic amine salts such as salts; tetramethylammonium salt, tetraethylammonium salt, benzyltrimethylammonium salt, benzyltriethylammonium salt, benzyltributylammonium salt, methyl Examples include quaternary ammonium salts such as trioctylammonium salt and tetrabutylammonium salt; basic amino acid salts such as arginine salt and lysine salt.
Examples of the acid salt include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, carbonate, bicarbonate, perchlorate; acetate, propionate, lactate, maleate, Organic acid salts such as fumarate, tartrate, malate, citrate, ascorbate; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate, isethionate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate; Examples include acidic amino acids such as aspartate and glutamate.
 溶媒和物とは、本発明化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩の溶媒和物を意味し、例えば、アルコール(例:エタノール)和物や水和物等が挙げられる。水和物としては、1水和物、2水和物等を挙げることができる。 The solvate means a solvate of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and examples thereof include alcohol (eg, ethanol) solvate and hydrate. Examples of the hydrate include monohydrate, dihydrate and the like.
 「高グルココルチコイド血症」とは、コルチゾール、コルチゾンおよび/またはコルチコステロンが慢性的に基準値よりも多い状態をいい、特に「高コルチゾール血症」を含む。具体的には起床時から2時間以内のコルチゾールが10μg/mL以上、好ましくは24.0μg/mL以上の状態をいう。
 「高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態」とは、内因性および/または外因性の原因により高グルココルチコイド血症の状態になることにより引き起こされる病態をいう。
“Hyperglucocorticoidemia” refers to a condition in which cortisol, cortisone and / or corticosterone is chronically higher than a reference value, and particularly includes “hypercortisolemia”. Specifically, it refers to a state in which cortisol within 2 hours from waking up is 10 μg / mL or more, preferably 24.0 μg / mL or more.
The “pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia” refers to a pathological condition caused by becoming a state of hyperglucocorticoidemia due to an endogenous and / or exogenous cause.
 本発明化合物の一般的製造法を以下に例示する。また、抽出、精製などは、通常の有機化学の実験で行う処理を行えばよい。
(R=-ORである場合)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-A)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。Proは保護基を意味し、保護基としてはアルキル等が挙げられる。)
The general production method of the compound of the present invention is exemplified below. Extraction, purification, and the like may be performed in a normal organic chemistry experiment.
(When R 2 = −OR 5 )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

(In the formula, each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-A) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. Pro means a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include alkyl and the like.
第1工程
 式(II-A)で示される化合物とヒドラジンを反応させ、式(II-B)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、芳香族炭化水素類(例、トルエン、ベンゼン、キシレンなど)、飽和炭化水素類(例、シクロヘキサン、ヘキサンなど)、ハロゲン化炭化水素類(例、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタンなど)、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)、エステル類(例、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチルなど)、ケトン類(例、アセトン、メチルエチルケトンなど)、ニトリル類(例、アセトニトリルなど)、アルコール類(例、メタノール、エタノール、t-ブタノールなど)、水およびそれらの混合溶媒等が挙げられる。好ましくは、アルコール類(例、メタノール、エタノール、t-ブタノールなど)を用いることができる。さらに好ましくは、Pro-OHを用いればよい。室温または使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~48時間反応させればよい。
First Step This is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-B) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-A) with hydrazine.
Solvents include N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, benzene, xylene, etc.), saturated hydrocarbons (eg, cyclohexane, hexane, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane) , Chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.), ketones (eg, Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), nitriles (eg, acetonitrile, etc.), alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.), water, and mixed solvents thereof. Preferably, alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.) can be used. More preferably, Pro-OH may be used. The reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
第2工程
 式(II-B)で示される化合物とRXで示される化合物を塩基存在下で反応させ、式(II-C)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、ケトン類(例、アセトン、メチルエチルケトンなど)、N-ジメチルホルムアミドを用いればよい。塩基としては、例えば金属水素化物(例、水素化ナトリウムなど)、金属水酸化物(例、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化バリウムなど)、金属炭酸塩(例、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウムなど)、金属アルコキシド(例、ナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウムt-ブトキシドなど)、炭酸水素ナトリウム、金属ナトリウム、有機アミン(例、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、DBU、2,6-ルチジンなど)、ピリジン、アルキルリチウム(n-BuLi、sec-BuLi、tert-BuLi)等が挙げられる。好ましくは、金属炭酸塩(例、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウムなど)を用いればよい。室温または使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~48時間反応させればよい。
Second Step The second step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-C) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-B) with a compound represented by R 5 X in the presence of a base.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.) and N-dimethylformamide may be used. Examples of the base include metal hydrides (eg, sodium hydride), metal hydroxides (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, barium hydroxide), metal carbonates (eg, sodium carbonate) , Calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.), metal alkoxide (eg, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide, etc.), sodium bicarbonate, metal sodium, organic amine (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU) 2,6-lutidine, etc.), pyridine, alkyl lithium (n-BuLi, sec-BuLi, tert-BuLi) and the like. Preferably, a metal carbonate (eg, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.) may be used. The reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
第3工程
 式(II-C)で示される化合物を加水分解し、式(II-D)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)、アルコール類(例、メタノール、エタノール、t-ブタノールなど)、水およびそれらの混合溶媒を用いればよい。塩基としては、工程2記載の塩基を用いることができる。好ましくは、金属水酸化物(例、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化バリウムなど)を用いればよい。-20~40℃で0.5~24時間反応させればよい。
Third Step This is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-D) by hydrolyzing a compound represented by the formula (II-C).
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.), alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.), water and a mixed solvent thereof may be used. As the base, the base described in Step 2 can be used. Preferably, a metal hydroxide (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, etc.) may be used. The reaction may be performed at −20 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第4工程
 式(II-D)で示される化合物と式(環A-NH-R)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-A)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)、N-ジメチルホルムアミドを用いればよい。塩基としては、工程2記載の塩基を用いることができる。好ましくは、有機アミン(例、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、DBU、2,6-ルチジンなど)を用いればよい。反応は、1-エチル-3-(3’-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド(WSCI)や1,3-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCCD)を縮合剤として用いることができる。なお、添加剤としてN-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(HOBt)やN-ヒドロキシスクシンイミド(HOSu)を用いることができる。-20℃から使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~24時間反応させればよい。
(R=-SRである場合)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Fourth Step The fourth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (IA) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-D) with a compound represented by the formula (ring A—NH—R 1 ).
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.) and N-dimethylformamide may be used. As the base, the base described in Step 2 can be used. Preferably, an organic amine (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU, 2,6-lutidine, etc.) may be used. In the reaction, 1-ethyl-3- (3′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (WSCI) or 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCCD) can be used as a condensing agent. As an additive, N-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) or N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu) can be used. The reaction may be carried out for 0.5 to 24 hours at a temperature from −20 ° C. to reflux of the solvent used.
(When R 2 = −SR 5 )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
第5工程
 式(II-B)で示される化合物のヒドロキシ基を塩素に変換し、式(II-E)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、オキシ塩化リン(POCl)を用いればよい。-20℃からオキシ塩化リンが還流する温度で0.5~24時間反応すればよい。
Fifth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-E) by converting a hydroxy group of a compound represented by the formula (II-B) into chlorine.
As the solvent, phosphorus oxychloride (POCl 3 ) may be used. The reaction may be carried out at a temperature at which phosphorus oxychloride is refluxed from −20 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第6工程
 式(II-E)で示される化合物とRSHで示される化合物を塩基存在下で反応させ、式(II-F)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、ケトン類(例、アセトン、メチルエチルケトンなど)、N-ジメチルホルムアミドを用いればよい。塩基としては、工程2記載の塩基を用いることができる。好ましくは、金属水素化物(例、水素化ナトリウムなど)、金属炭酸塩(例、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウムなど)などを用いればよい。室温または使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~48時間反応させればよい。
Sixth Step In this step, the compound represented by the formula (II-E) is reacted with the compound represented by R 5 SH in the presence of a base to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-F).
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.) and N-dimethylformamide may be used. As the base, the base described in Step 2 can be used. Preferably, metal hydrides (eg, sodium hydride), metal carbonates (eg, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.) may be used. The reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 48 hours.
第7工程
 式(II-E)で示される化合物を加水分解し、式(II-F)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第3工程と同様に行えばよい。
Seventh step The seventh step is a step of hydrolyzing the compound represented by the formula (II-E) to produce the compound represented by the formula (II-F).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 3rd process.
第8工程
 式(II-F)で示される化合物と式(環A-NH-R)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-B)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第4工程と同様に行えばよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-G)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。)
Eighth step In the eighth step, the compound represented by the formula (II-F) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (ring A-NH-R 1 ) to produce the compound represented by the formula (IB).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

(In the formula, each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-G) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. )
第9工程
 式(II-G)で示される化合物と式(環A-NH-R)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-C)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第4工程と同様に行えばよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-H)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。ProおよびPro’は保護基を意味する。ProおよびPro’としては、メチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、ベンゾイル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。Halはハロゲンを意味する。)
Ninth step The ninth step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-G) with a compound represented by the formula (ring A-NH-R 1 ) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IC).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

(In the formula, each symbol is as defined above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-H) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. Pro and Pro ′ mean protecting groups. Examples of Pro and Pro ′ include methyl group, ethyl group, benzyl group, benzoyl group, t-butyl group, etc. Hal means halogen.)
第10工程
 式(II-H)で示される化合物とヒドラジンを反応させ、式(II-1)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第1工程と同様に行えばよい。
Tenth step The tenth step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-H) with hydrazine to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-1).
What is necessary is just to perform like the said 1st process.
第11工程
 式(II-I)で示される化合物を酸化して式(II-J)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 酸化剤としては、IBX(2-ヨードキシ安息香酸)、クロム・マンガン・銀等の金属塩や金属酸化物、有機酸化剤を用いることができる。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、アセトニトリルやエステル類(例、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチルなど)を用いればよい。
 室温または使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~24時間反応させればよい。
 本酸化反応工程は、Swern酸化、TEMPO酸化等の条件で行うこともできる。
Eleventh step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-J) by oxidizing a compound represented by the formula (II-I).
As the oxidizing agent, metal salts such as IBX (2-iodoxybenzoic acid), chromium, manganese, silver, metal oxides, and organic oxidizing agents can be used.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, acetonitrile or esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.) may be used.
The reaction may be performed at room temperature or at a temperature at which the solvent used is refluxed for 0.5 to 24 hours.
This oxidation reaction step can also be performed under conditions such as Swern oxidation and TEMPO oxidation.
第12工程
 式(II-J)で示される化合物と式(II-K)で示される化合物とのWittig反応により、式(II-L)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、エステル類(例、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチルなど)、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 塩基としては、工程2記載の塩基を用いることができる。好ましくは、有機アミン(例、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、DBU、2,6-ルチジンなど)を用いればよい。
 反応は-20~40℃で0.5~48時間行えばよい。
Twelfth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-L) by a Wittig reaction between a compound represented by the formula (II-J) and a compound represented by the formula (II-K).
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.) and ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.) may be used.
As the base, the base described in Step 2 can be used. Preferably, an organic amine (eg, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, DBU, 2,6-lutidine, etc.) may be used.
The reaction may be performed at −20 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 48 hours.
第13工程
 式(II-L)で示される化合物を塩基存在下でR-Halと反応させ、式(II-M)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 塩基としては、工程2記載の塩基を用いることができる。好ましくは、金属アルコキシド(例、ナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウムt-ブトキシドなど)、LDAを用いればよい。
 反応は-78~40℃で0.5~24時間行えばよい。
Thirteenth step The thirteenth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-M) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-L) with R b -Hal in the presence of a base.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.) may be used.
As the base, the base described in Step 2 can be used. Preferably, metal alkoxide (eg, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide, etc.), LDA may be used.
The reaction may be performed at −78 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第14工程
 式(II-M)で示される化合物を強酸性条件下で脱保護し、式(II-N)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 強酸としては、例えばトリフルオロ酢酸や硫酸を用いることができる。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、ハロゲン化炭化水素類(例、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 反応は-78~40℃で0.5~24時間行えばよい。
14th step The 14th step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-N) by deprotecting a compound represented by the formula (II-M) under strongly acidic conditions.
As the strong acid, for example, trifluoroacetic acid or sulfuric acid can be used.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.) may be used.
The reaction may be performed at −78 to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第15工程
 式(II-N)で示される化合物とアミンを反応させ、式(II-O)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第4工程と同様に行えばよい。
Fifteenth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-O) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-N) with an amine.
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
第16工程
 式(II-O)で示される化合物を脱保護し、式(II-P)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第3工程と同様に行えばよい。
Sixteenth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-P) by deprotecting the compound represented by the formula (II-O).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 3rd process.
第17工程
 式(II-P)で示される化合物と式(II-Q)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-D)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第4工程と同様に行えばよい。
Seventeenth Step The seventeenth step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (ID) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-P) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said 4th process.
第18工程
 式(I-D)で示される化合物を還元し、式(I-E)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 遷移金属触媒を用いた接触水素添加反応を行えばよい。遷移金属触媒としては、白金、パラジウム、ロジウム、ルテニウム、ニッケル等を用いることができる。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、アルコール類(例、メタノール、エタノール、t-ブタノールなど)、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)、水およびそれらの混合溶媒等を用いればよい。
 反応は、水素および遷移金属触媒存在下で、20~50℃で0.5~48時間行えばよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-R)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。Proは保護基を意味し、保護基としてはメチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、ベンゾイル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。)
Eighteenth step The eighteenth step is a step for reducing a compound represented by the formula (ID) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IE).
A catalytic hydrogenation reaction using a transition metal catalyst may be performed. As the transition metal catalyst, platinum, palladium, rhodium, ruthenium, nickel or the like can be used.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.), ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.), water, a mixed solvent thereof or the like may be used. .
The reaction may be performed in the presence of hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst at 20 to 50 ° C. for 0.5 to 48 hours.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(In the formula, each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-R) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. Pro represents a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, and a t-butyl group.
第24工程
 式(II-R)で示される化合物を式(II-T)で示される化合物に変換する工程である。
 本工程は、RiおよびRのどちらか一方が水素であり、もう一方が置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のヘテロサイクルオキシカルボニルである場合の反応工程である。式(II-R)で示される化合物と対応するアルコールまたはアミンと反応させればよい。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、芳香族炭化水素類(例、トルエン、ベンゼン、キシレンなど)、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 -20℃から使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~24時間反応させればよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-N)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。Proは保護基を意味し、保護基としてはメチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、ベンゾイル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。Halはハロゲンを意味する。)
24th step is a step of converting a compound represented by the formula (II-R) into a compound represented by the formula (II-T).
In this step, one of R i and R j is hydrogen, and the other is substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted This is a reaction step in the case of substituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycleoxycarbonyl. The compound represented by the formula (II-R) may be reacted with a corresponding alcohol or amine.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, benzene, xylene, etc.) and ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.) may be used.
The reaction may be carried out for 0.5 to 24 hours at a temperature from −20 ° C. to reflux of the solvent used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

(In the formula, each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-N) may be a known compound, or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. (Pro represents a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, a t-butyl group, etc. Hal represents a halogen.)
第25工程
 式(II-N)で示される化合物を還元し、式(II-V)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。式(II-N)で示される化合物とクロロ炭酸エチルを反応させ、活性エステルとした後、還元剤と反応させればよい。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、エーテル類(例、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、1,2-ジメトキシエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 還元剤としては、トリアセトキシヒドロほう酸ナトリウム、水素化ほう素ナトリウム、テトラヒドロほう酸リチウム、ピリジンボラン錯体、テトラヒドロフランボラン錯体、硫化ジメチル-ボラン錯体および2-ピコリンボラン錯体が挙げられる。好ましくは、水素化ほう素ナトリウムである。
-20~50℃で0.5~24時間反応させればよい。
Twenty-fifth step is a step of reducing the compound represented by the formula (II-N) to produce the compound represented by the formula (II-V). A compound represented by the formula (II-N) and ethyl chlorocarbonate are reacted to form an active ester, and then reacted with a reducing agent.
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc.) may be used.
Examples of the reducing agent include sodium triacetoxyhydroborate, sodium borohydride, lithium tetrahydroborate, pyridine borane complex, tetrahydrofuran borane complex, dimethyl sulfide borane complex and 2-picoline borane complex. Preferably, it is sodium borohydride.
The reaction may be performed at −20 to 50 ° C. for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第26工程
 式(II-V)で示される化合物を脱保護し、式(II-W)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程3と同様に行えばよい。
Twenty-sixth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-W) by deprotecting the compound represented by the formula (II-V).
What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 3.
第27工程
 式(II-W)で示される化合物と式(II-Q)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-H)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程4と同様に行えばよい。
Twenty-seventh step is a step of reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-W) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IH).
What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 4.
第28工程
 式(I-H)で示される化合物を還元し、式(I-J)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程18と同様に行えばよい。
Twenty-eighth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IJ) by reducing a compound represented by the formula (IH).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 18 above.
第29工程
 式(I-H)で示される化合物をハロゲン化し、式(I-K)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 溶媒としては、工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができる。好ましくは、ハロゲン化炭化水素類(例、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタンなど)を用いればよい。
 ハロゲン化剤としては、DAST((diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride)、NCS(N-クロロスクシンイミド)、NBS(N-ブロモスクシンイミド)、CBr、PBr、PBrを用いればよい。
 反応は、-78℃から使用する溶媒が還流する温度で、0.5~24時間行えばよい。
Twenty-ninth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IK) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (IH).
As the solvent, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used. Preferably, halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.) may be used.
As the halogenating agent, DAST ((diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride), NCS (N-chlorosuccinimide), NBS (N-bromosuccinimide), CBr 4 , PBr 3 , PBr 5 may be used.
The reaction may be carried out at a temperature from −78 ° C. to reflux of the solvent used for 0.5 to 24 hours.
第30工程
 式(I-J)で示される化合物をハロゲン化し、式(I-L)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程29と同様に行えばよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

(式中、RおよびRは水素、それ以外の各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-O)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。Proは保護基を意味し、保護基としてはメチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、ベンゾイル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。)
30th step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IL) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (IJ).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 29 above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

(Wherein R g and R h are hydrogen, and other symbols are as defined above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-O) may be a known compound. (Pro may mean a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, and a t-butyl group.)
第31工程
 式(II-O)で示される化合物を脱水し、式(II-X)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。ハロゲン化炭化水素類(例、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタンなど)中、無水トリフルオロ酢酸、ピリジンと-20℃~40℃で0.5~10時間反応させればよい。
Thirty-first step is a step of dehydrating a compound represented by the formula (II-O) to produce a compound represented by the formula (II-X). The reaction may be carried out in halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.) with trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine at −20 ° C. to 40 ° C. for 0.5 to 10 hours.
第32工程
 式(II-X)で示される化合物を脱保護し、式(II-Y)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程18と同様に行えばよい。
Thirty-second step This is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (II-Y) by deprotecting the compound represented by the formula (II-X).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 18 above.
第33工程
 式(II-Y)で示される化合物と式(II-Q)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(I-M)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程4と同様に行えばよい。
Thirty-third step The thirty-third step is a step for producing a compound represented by the formula (IM) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-Y) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Q).
What is necessary is just to perform like the said process 4.
第34工程
 式(I-M)で示される化合物を還元し、式(I-N)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、工程18と同様に行えばよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

(式中、各記号は前記と同義であり、式(II-A)で示される化合物は公知の化合物を用いてもよく、公知の化合物から常法により誘導された化合物を用いてもよい。Proは保護基を意味し、保護基としてはメチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、ベンゾイル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。Pro’’は保護基を意味し、保護基としては、t-ブチル基、トリチル基、ベンジル基、p-メトキシベンジル基、シリル基、メタンスルホニル基、アシル基等が挙げられる。)
Thirty-fourth step is a step of reducing a compound represented by the formula (IM) to produce a compound represented by the formula (IN).
What is necessary is just to carry out similarly to the said process 18 above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

(Wherein each symbol has the same meaning as described above, and the compound represented by the formula (II-A) may be a known compound or a compound derived from a known compound by a conventional method. Pro means a protecting group, and examples of the protecting group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a benzoyl group, a t-butyl group, etc. Pro '' means a protecting group, and the protecting group includes t- (Butyl group, trityl group, benzyl group, p-methoxybenzyl group, silyl group, methanesulfonyl group, acyl group, etc.)
第35工程
 式(II-A)で示される化合物と式(II-Z)で示される化合物を反応させ、式(II-AA)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 上記、第1工程と同様に行えばよい。
Thirty-fifth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-AA) by reacting a compound represented by the formula (II-A) with a compound represented by the formula (II-Z).
What is necessary is just to perform like the said 1st process.
第36工程
 式(II-AA)で示される化合物をハロゲン化し、式(II-AB)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
 例えば、WO2007/058346の実施例3に記載の条件によりハロゲン化することができる。
 塩素化する場合は、オキシ塩化リンを用いて-20℃からオキシ塩化リンが還流する温度で0.5~24時間反応させればよい。このとき、溶媒として工程1記載の溶媒を用いることができるが、使用しなくてもよい。
 臭素化する場合はPBrを用いて同様に行うことができる。また、フッ素体は対応する塩素体にフッ化カリウムを作用させることで得ることができる。
Thirty-sixth step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (II-AB) by halogenating a compound represented by the formula (II-AA).
For example, it can be halogenated under the conditions described in Example 3 of WO2007 / 058346.
In the case of chlorination, phosphorous oxychloride may be used for reaction for 0.5 to 24 hours from −20 ° C. to a temperature at which phosphorus oxychloride is refluxed. At this time, the solvent described in Step 1 can be used as the solvent, but it may not be used.
In the case of bromination, PBr 3 can be used in the same manner. Moreover, a fluorine body can be obtained by making potassium fluoride act on a corresponding chlorine body.
第37工程
 式(II-AB)で示される化合物から、式(I-O)で示される化合物を製造する工程である。
Thirty-seventh step is a step of producing a compound represented by the formula (IO) from a compound represented by the formula (II-AB).
 本発明化合物の各種の置換基は、(1) Alan R.Katriszly et al., Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry  (2) Alan R.Katriszly et al., Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry II  (3) RODD'S CHEMISTRY OF CARBON COMPOUNDS VOLUME IV HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS等を参考にして、導入することができる。 Various substituents of the compounds of the present invention are (1) Alan R.Katriszly et al., Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry (2) Alan R.Katriszly etKaal., Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry II (3) RODD'S CH It can be introduced with reference to COMPOUNDS.
 本発明化合物は、優れたI型11βヒドロキシステロイド脱水素酵素阻害活性を有する。従って、I型11βヒドロキシステロイド脱水素酵素が関与する疾患、特に、高脂血症、糖尿病、肥満、動脈硬化、アテローム性動脈硬化、高血糖および/またはシンドロームXなどの疾患の治療または予防に用いることができる。特に、糖尿病の治療または予防おいては、有用である。 The compound of the present invention has excellent type I 11β hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitory activity. Therefore, it is used for the treatment or prevention of diseases involving type I 11β hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, particularly diseases such as hyperlipidemia, diabetes, obesity, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, hyperglycemia and / or syndrome X. be able to. In particular, it is useful in the treatment or prevention of diabetes.
 本発明に使用される化合物は、経口的又は非経口的に投与することができる。経口投与による場合、本発明に使用される化合物は通常の製剤、例えば、錠剤、散剤、顆粒剤、カプセル剤等の固形剤;水剤;油性懸濁剤;又はシロップ剤若しくはエリキシル剤等の液剤のいずれかの剤形としても用いることができる。非経口投与による場合、本発明に使用される化合物は、水性又は油性懸濁注射剤、点鼻液として用いることができる。その調製に際しては、慣用の賦形剤、結合剤、滑沢剤、水性溶剤、油性溶剤、乳化剤、懸濁化剤、保存剤、安定剤等を任意に用いることができる。特に、経口剤として使用する場合が好ましい。
 本発明に使用される化合物の製剤は、治療有効量の本発明に使用される化合物を製薬上許容される担体または希釈剤とともに組み合わせる(例:混合する)ことによって製造される。本発明に使用される化合物の製剤は、周知の、容易に入手できる成分を用いて既知の方法により製造される。
 本発明に使用される化合物の投与量は、投与方法、患者の年齢、体重、状態及び疾患の種類によっても異なるが、通常、経口投与の場合、成人1日あたり約0.05mg~3000mg、好ましくは、約0.1mg~1000mgを、要すれば分割して投与すればよい。また、非経口投与の場合、成人1日あたり約0.01mg~1000mg、好ましくは、約0.05mg~500mgを投与する。また投与においては他の治療剤と併用することもできる。
The compound used in the present invention can be administered orally or parenterally. In the case of oral administration, the compound used in the present invention is a usual preparation, for example, solid preparations such as tablets, powders, granules, capsules; liquid preparations; oil suspensions; or liquid preparations such as syrups or elixirs It can be used also as any dosage form. In the case of parenteral administration, the compound used in the present invention can be used as an aqueous or oily suspension injection or nasal solution. In the preparation, conventional excipients, binders, lubricants, aqueous solvents, oily solvents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, stabilizers and the like can be arbitrarily used. In particular, it is preferable to use it as an oral preparation.
Formulations of the compounds used in the present invention are prepared by combining (eg, mixing) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound used in the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The preparation of the compound used in the present invention is produced by a known method using well-known and readily available components.
The dose of the compound used in the present invention varies depending on the administration method, the patient's age, weight, condition, and type of disease, but usually about 0.05 mg to 3000 mg per day for an adult when administered orally, preferably May be administered in an amount of about 0.1 mg to 1000 mg divided if necessary. In the case of parenteral administration, about 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, preferably about 0.05 mg to 500 mg is administered per day for an adult. In administration, it can be used in combination with other therapeutic agents.
 以下に実施例を示し、本発明をさらに詳しく説明するが、これらは本発明を限定するものではない。
 なお、
式(III’)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

で示される基は以下の基と同等である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the following examples, but these are not intended to limit the present invention.
In addition,
Formula (III ')
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

The group shown by is equivalent to the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 化合物II-1(エトキシメチレンマロン酸ジエチル、10g)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド溶液(50ml)へ、80%ヒドラジンエタノール(4.4g)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド溶液(50ml)を約15分かけて滴下した。その後、炭酸カリウム(6.4g)を加え、80℃にて2時間攪拌後、臭化イソブチル(7.6mL)を加え、120℃で1.5時間攪拌した。反応終了後、反応混合液を0.5M 塩酸に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄、続いて飽和食塩水で洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した後に溶媒を留去した。残渣を少量の酢酸エチルに溶解し、氷冷下、ヘキサンを加え析出した結晶を濾取した。乾燥し化合物II-2(4.6g)を得た。
 化合物II-2(5.7g)の酢酸エチル溶液(160ml)にIBX(7.5g)を加え、6時間加熱還流を行った。反応終了後、不溶物をろ過し、溶媒を留去して化合物II-3(5.6g)を得た。精製することなく次の反応に用いた。
 化合物II-3(5.6g)のテトラヒドロフラン溶液(40ml)にホスホニウム塩 (13.5g)を加え、そこにトリエチルアミン(3.4g)を20分かけて滴下した。その後、室温で3時間攪拌した。反応終了後、水(40ml)を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-4(5.2g)を得た。
 ジイソプロピルアミン(1.3ml)のテトラヒドロフラン溶液(60ml)を-78℃に冷却し、n-ブチルリチウム(3.25ml、2.8Mへキサン溶液)を滴下した。同温度にて30分間攪拌した後に、化合物II-4(2.8g)のテトラヒドロフラン溶液(40ml)を加え、更に30分間攪拌した。次にヨードメタン(1.4ml)を加え、0℃まで徐々に昇温した。3時間後、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液で希釈し、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-5(2.42g)を得た。
 化合物II-5(19.4g)のジクロロメタン溶液(100ml)にトリフルオロ酢酸(50ml)を加え、室温にて3時間攪拌した。反応終了後、溶媒を留去し、水(100ml)で希釈し、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、化合物II-6(16.6g)を得た。
 化合物II-6(237mg)のテトラヒドロフラン溶液(3ml)に0℃でトリエチルアミン(152μl)、クロロ炭酸エチル(84μl)を加え、室温にて1時間攪拌した。次に、0℃にて水素化ほう素ナトリウム(69mg)、水(1ml)を加え、20分間攪拌した。反応終了後、塩酸水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-7(185mg)を得た。
 化合物II-7(185mg)のジクロロメタン溶液(5ml)を-78℃に冷却し、DAST(102μl)を加え、同温度で30分攪拌した。反応終了後、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-8(62mg)を得た。
化合物II-8(61.6mg)のテトラヒドロフラン(1ml)-メタノール(1ml)混合液に2N水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(1ml)を加え、室温にて14時間攪拌した。反応終了後、2N塩酸水溶液を加えて酸性とした後に、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、化合物II-9(60.1mg)を得た。精製することなく次の反応に用いた。
 化合物II-9(60.1mg)のジメチルホルムアミド溶液(3ml)にヒドロキシアダマンタンアミン(38.8mg)、1-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-3-エチルカルボジイミド塩酸塩(48.5mg)、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(8.5mg)、トリエチルアミン(50μl)を加え、室温にて18時間攪拌した。反応終了後、2N塩酸水溶液を加えて酸性とし、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水の順に洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-10(62mg)を得た。
 化合物II-10(54mg)のテトラヒドロフラン溶液(1.2ml)を-45℃に冷却し、クロロスルホニルイソシアナート(22μ)を加え、-30℃で2時間攪拌した。次に炭酸水素ナトリウム(74mg)、水(24μl)を加え、室温にて2時間攪拌した。反応終了後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物I-1(51mg)を得た。
(化合物I-1)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.95(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.30(s, 3H), 1.36(s, 3H), 1.41(d, J=12.4Hz, 2H), 1.94-2.10(m, 12H), 2.46-2.53(m, 2H), 3.94(s, 1H), 4.10(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H), 6.08-6.16(m, 1H), 6.20(br, 2H), 6.92(d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.50(d, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 7.94(s, 1H)
 以下に示した化合物も同様にして合成した。各化合物については、NMRまたはlog k’の測定結果を示した。
ここで、log k’とは親油性の程度を表す値であり、以下の式により算出される。
log k’=log(t-t)/t
:グラジエント条件下における化合物の保持時間
:カラムに保持されない標準物質の保持時間
測定にはXTerra MS C18 5μm、2.1×100mmのカラム(Waters製)を使用し、流速0.25mL/分でアセトニトリル/pH6.8buffer(5:95~95:5/20分)の直線勾配をかけて測定した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

To a solution of Compound II-1 (diethyl ethoxymethylenemalonate, 10 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (50 ml) was added 80% hydrazine ethanol (4.4 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (50 ml) over about 15 minutes. And dripped. Thereafter, potassium carbonate (6.4 g) was added and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours, and then isobutyl bromide (7.6 mL) was added and stirred at 120 ° C. for 1.5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into 0.5M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with a saturated saline solution. After drying with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off. The residue was dissolved in a small amount of ethyl acetate, hexane was added under ice cooling, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. Drying gave Compound II-2 (4.6 g).
IBX (7.5 g) was added to an ethyl acetate solution (160 ml) of compound II-2 (5.7 g), and the mixture was heated to reflux for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the insoluble material was filtered off and the solvent was distilled off to give compound II-3 (5.6 g). Used in the next reaction without purification.
A phosphonium salt (13.5 g) was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution (40 ml) of compound II-3 (5.6 g), and triethylamine (3.4 g) was added dropwise thereto over 20 minutes. Then, it stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, water (40 ml) was added and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-4 (5.2 g).
A solution (60 ml) of diisopropylamine (1.3 ml) in tetrahydrofuran was cooled to −78 ° C., and n-butyllithium (3.25 ml, 2.8 M hexane solution) was added dropwise. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, a tetrahydrofuran solution (40 ml) of compound II-4 (2.8 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. Next, iodomethane (1.4 ml) was added, and the temperature was gradually raised to 0 ° C. After 3 hours, the mixture was diluted with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-5 (2.42 g).
To a dichloromethane solution (100 ml) of compound II-5 (19.4 g) was added trifluoroacetic acid (50 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off, diluted with water (100 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain Compound II-6 (16.6 g).
Triethylamine (152 μl) and ethyl chlorocarbonate (84 μl) were added to a solution of compound II-6 (237 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Next, sodium borohydride (69 mg) and water (1 ml) were added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. After completion of the reaction, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-7 (185 mg).
A dichloromethane solution (5 ml) of compound II-7 (185 mg) was cooled to −78 ° C., DAST (102 μl) was added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. After completion of the reaction, a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-8 (62 mg).
To a mixed solution of compound II-8 (61.6 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (1 ml) -methanol (1 ml) was added 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was acidified with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain Compound II-9 (60.1 mg). Used in the next reaction without purification.
A solution of Compound II-9 (60.1 mg) in dimethylformamide (3 ml) was added to hydroxyadamantanamine (38.8 mg), 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (48.5 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. (8.5 mg) and triethylamine (50 μl) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was acidified with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine in that order, and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-10 (62 mg).
A tetrahydrofuran solution (1.2 ml) of Compound II-10 (54 mg) was cooled to −45 ° C., chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (22 μ) was added, and the mixture was stirred at −30 ° C. for 2 hours. Next, sodium hydrogen carbonate (74 mg) and water (24 μl) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, water was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine. The extract was dried over sodium sulfate, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound I-1 (51 mg).
(Compound I-1) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.95 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.41 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.94-2.10 (m, 12H), 2.46-2.53 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 6.08-6.16 (m, 1H) , 6.20 (br, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H)
The following compounds were synthesized in the same manner. About each compound, the measurement result of NMR or log k 'was shown.
Here, log k ′ is a value representing the degree of lipophilicity and is calculated by the following equation.
log k ′ = log (t R −t 0 ) / t 0
t R : retention time of compound under gradient conditions t 0 : XTerra MS C18 5 μm, 2.1 × 100 mm column (Waters) was used for measuring the retention time of the standard substance not retained on the column, and the flow rate was 0.25 mL. It was measured by applying a linear gradient of acetonitrile / pH 6.8 buffer (5:95 to 95: 5/20 minutes) per minute.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

(化合物I-6)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.96(t, J=7.5Hz, 3H), 0.97(d,J=6.6Hz,6H), 1.32-1.36(m.2H),1.40(s,6H),1.58-1.75(m,6H),1.89-2.11(m,8H),3.86-3.91(m,1H),4.07(d,J=6.3Hz,2H), 4.42(s,1H), 6.35(d,J=14.1Hz,1H), 6.76(d,J=14.1Hz,1H), 7.38(d,J=6.9Hz,1H), 7.67(s,1H), 7.95(s,1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

(Compound I-6) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.96 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.32-1.36 (m.2H), 1.40 (s, 6H), 1.58-1.75 (m, 6H), 1.89-2.11 (m, 8H), 3.86-3.91 (m, 1H), 4.07 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 6.9Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

(化合物I-7)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.98(d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.42(d, J=13.1Hz, 2H), 1.52(s, 6H), 1.95-2.11(m, 12H), 3.96(s, 1H), 4.15(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H), 6.20(br, 2H), 6.24(d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.10(d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.55(d, J=6.1Hz, 1H), 8.04(s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

(Compound I-7) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.98 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.42 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 2H), 1.52 (s, 6H), 1.95- 2.11 (m, 12H), 3.96 (s, 1H), 4.15 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 6.20 (br, 2H), 6.24 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 6.1Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(化合物I-8)log k’=0.883
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(Compound I-8) log k ′ = 0.883
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(化合物I-9)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.97(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.40-1.44(m, 8H), 1.94-2.10(m, 12H), 2.90(s, 3H), 3.94-3.96(m, 1H), 4.11(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H), 6.20(br, 2H), 6.33(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.92(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.24(s, 1H), 7.50(d, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 7.98(s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(Compound I-9) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.97 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.40-1.44 (m, 8H), 1.94-2.10 (m, 12H), 2.90 (s , 3H), 3.94-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.11 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 6.20 (br, 2H), 6.33 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(化合物I-18)log k’=0.866
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(Compound I-18) log k ′ = 0.866
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(化合物I-19)log k’=0.907
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(Compound I-19) log k ′ = 0.907
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(化合物I-22)log k’=0.879
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(Compound I-22) log k ′ = 0.879
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(化合物I-23)log k’=0.864
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(Compound I-23) log k ′ = 0.864
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(化合物I-24)log k’=0.876
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(Compound I-24) log k ′ = 0.876
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(化合物I-25)log k’=0.87
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(Compound I-25) log k ′ = 0.87
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(化合物I-26)log k’=0.895
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(Compound I-26) log k ′ = 0.895
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

(化合物I-27)log k’=0.903
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

(Compound I-27) log k ′ = 0.903
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

(化合物I-28)log k’=0.927
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

(Compound I-28) log k ′ = 0.927
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053

(化合物I-29)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.39(d,J=6.3Hz,6H), 1.51(s,6H), 1.55-2.11(m,13H), 3.62(s,3H), 3.73(s,2H), 4.14-4.16(m,1H), 4.61(br,2H), 4.67-4.75(m,1H), 4.83(m,1H), 6.36(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 6.53(d,J=7.3Hz,1H), 6.83(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 7.86(s,1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053

(Compound I-29) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.39 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.51 (s, 6H), 1.55-2.11 (m, 13H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 4.14-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.61 (br, 2H), 4.67-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H) , 6.53 (d, J = 7.3Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054

(化合物I-30)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.39(d,J=6.3Hz,6H), 1.54(s,6H), 1.59-1.78(m,4H), 1.96(s,3H), 2.13-2.29(m,9H), 4.20-4.23(m,1H), 4.43(br,2H), 4.67-4.75(m,1H), 5.46(s,1H), 6.36(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 6.47(d,J=7.6Hz,1H), 6.81(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 7.85(s,1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054

(Compound I-30) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.39 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.59-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.29 (m, 9H), 4.20-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.43 (br, 2H), 4.67-4.75 (m, 1H), 5.46 (s, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055

(化合物I-31)log k’=0.819
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055

(Compound I-31) log k ′ = 0.819
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056

(化合物I-32)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.39(d,J=6.3Hz,6H), 1.54(s,6H), 1.56-2.10(m,13H), 1.96(s,3H), 3.73(s,2H), 4.14-4.16(m,1H), 4.63(br,2H), 4.67-4.75(m,1H), 5.48(s,1H), 6.36(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 6.56(d,J=7.8Hz,1H), 6.82(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 7.86(s,1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056

(Compound I-32) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.39 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.56-2.10 (m, 13H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 4.14-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.63 (br, 2H), 4.67-4.75 (m, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H) , 6.56 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

(化合物I-34)log k’=0.877
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

(Compound I-34) log k ′ = 0.877
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058

(化合物I-35)log k’=0.921
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058

(Compound I-35) log k ′ = 0.922
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

(化合物I-36)NMR(DMSO-d6): δ(ppm)1.08(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.47-1.74(m, 19H), 1.54(s, 3H), 1.64(s, 3H), 1.89-1.98(m, 2H), 2.10-2.24(m, 6H), 3.98(d, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20(m, 1H), 5.42(s, 1H), 6.38(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.38(s, 1H), 6.86(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.80(s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

(Compound I-36) NMR (DMSO-d6): δ (ppm) 1.08 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.47-1.74 (m, 19H), 1.54 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H ), 1.89-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.24 (m, 6H), 3.98 (d, J = 6.9Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20 (m, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 6.38 ( d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060

(化合物I-43)log k’=0.851
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060

(Compound I-43) log k ′ = 0.851
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061

(化合物I-44)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.08(d,J=6.7Hz,6H), 1.51(s,6H), 1.58-2.06(m,13H), 2.07-2.20(m,1H), 2.24-2.36(m,1H), 3.41(d,J=6.2Hz,2H), 3.62(s,3H), 3.98(d,J=6.7Hz,2H), 3.99-4.02(m,1H), 4.82(s,1H), 6.37(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 6.49(d,J=7.6Hz,1H), 6.87(d,J=14.2Hz,1H), 7.82(s,1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061

(Compound I-44) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.08 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 6H), 1.51 (s, 6H), 1.58-2.06 (m, 13H), 2.07-2.20 (m, 1H ), 2.24-2.36 (m, 1H), 3.41 (d, J = 6.2Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, J = 6.7Hz, 2H), 3.99-4.02 (m, 1H) , 4.82 (s, 1H), 6.37 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 6.49 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062

(化合物I-45)log k’=0.865
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062

(Compound I-45) log k ′ = 0.865
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063

(化合物I-46)log k’=0.913
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063

(Compound I-46) log k ′ = 0.913
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064

(化合物I-47)NMR(CDCl3): δ(ppm)1.08(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.51-1.84(m, 8H), 1.58(s, 3H), 1.66(s, 3H), 1.88-1.98(m, 2H), 2.06-2.24(m, 4H), 3.41(s, 3H), 3.80(s, 2H), 3.98(d, J=6.6Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20(m, 1H), 6.35(d, J=8.1Hz, 1H), 6.41(d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 6.52(s, 1H), 6.87(d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 7.81(s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064

(Compound I-47) NMR (CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.08 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.51-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.58 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.24 (m, 4H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.98 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J = 8.1Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065

(化合物I-48)NMR(DMSO-d6): δ(ppm)0.85(t, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 0.96(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.35-1.56(m, 4H), 1.40(s, 6H), 1.90-2.16(m, 14H), 3.91-3.98(m, 1H), 4.07(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H), 6.21(br, 2H), 6.35(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.76(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.47(d, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 7.72(s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065

(Compound I-48) NMR (DMSO-d6): δ (ppm) 0.85 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.35-1.56 (m, 4H), 1.40 (s, 6H), 1.90-2.16 (m, 14H), 3.91-3.98 (m, 1H), 4.07 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 6.21 (br, 2H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

(化合物I-49)log k’=0.945
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

(Compound I-49) log k ′ = 0.945
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

(化合物I-50)log k’=0.989
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067

(Compound I-50) log k ′ = 0.989
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068

(化合物I-51)log k’=0.882
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068

(Compound I-51) log k ′ = 0.882
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069

(化合物I-52)NMR(CDCl3): δ(ppm)1.07(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.51-1.84(m, 8H), 1.60(s, 3H), 1.62(s, 3H), 1.88-1.98(m, 2H), 2.05-2.24(m, 4H), 3.99(d, J=6.6Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20(m, 1H), 4.39(s, 2H), 6.36(d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 6.44(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.58(s, 1H), 6.86-6.96(m, 3H), 7.00-7.06(m, 1H), 7.28-7.36(m, 2H), 7.81(s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069

(Compound I-52) NMR (CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.07 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.51-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.24 (m, 4H), 3.99 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 6.36 (d, J = 7.5Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.96 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.36 (m , 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070

(化合物I-53)NMR(CDCl3): δ(ppm)1.09(d, J=6.9Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.84(m, 8H), 1.47(s, 3H), 1.63(s, 3H), 1.88-2.00(m, 2H), 2.08-2.26(m, 4H), 2.42(t, J=7.5Hz, 2H),  2.93(t, J=7.5Hz, 2H),  3.99(d, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 4.12-4.20(m, 1H), 5.29(s, 1H), 6.33(d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 6.39(s, 1H), 6.84(d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.32(m, 5H), 7.82(s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070

(Compound I-53) NMR (CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.09 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.88-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t, J = 7.5Hz, 2H), 2.93 (t, J = 7.5Hz, 2H), 3.99 (d, J = 6.9Hz , 2H), 4.12-4.20 (m, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H) , 7.14-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.82 (s, 1H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071

(化合物I-55)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.97(d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.27(s, 6H), 1.35(d, J=12.1Hz, 2H), 1.61-1.72(m, 6H), 1.89-2.04(m, 6H), 2.57(d, J=4.3Hz, 3H), 3.87-3.91(m, 1H), 4.10(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H), 4.44(s, 1H), 6.33(d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 6.78(d, J=14.7Hz, 1H), 7.39(d, J=6.1Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.56(m, 1H), 7.98(s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071

(Compound I-55) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.97 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.27 (s, 6H), 1.35 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 2H), 1.61- 1.72 (m, 6H), 1.89-2.04 (m, 6H), 2.57 (d, J = 4.3Hz, 3H), 3.87-3.91 (m, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 14.7Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 6.1Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 1H) , 7.98 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072

(化合物I-56)log k’=0.838
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072

(Compound I-56) log k ′ = 0.838
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

(化合物I-61)log k’=0.841
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

(Compound I-61) log k ′ = 0.841
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074

(化合物I-63)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.98(d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.27(s, 6H), 1.39-1.51(m, 8H), 1.87-2.03(m, 6H), 3.00(d, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 3.88(s, 1H), 4.10(d, J=6.3Hz, 2H),4.37(t, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 6.37(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.81(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.95(s, 1H), 7.15(s, 1H), 7.41(d, J=7.1Hz, 1H), 7.98(s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074

(Compound I-63) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.98 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.27 (s, 6H), 1.39-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.87-2.03 (m , 6H), 3.00 (d, J = 5.6Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J = 5.6Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d , J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 7.1Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s , 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075

(化合物I-64)log k’=0.814
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075

(Compound I-64) log k ′ = 0.814
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076

(化合物I-65)log k’=0.838
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076

(Compound I-65) log k ′ = 0.838
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077

(化合物I-66)log k’=0.886
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077

(Compound I-66) log k ′ = 0.886
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078

(化合物I-68)log k’=0.85
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078

(Compound I-68) log k ′ = 0.85
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079

(化合物I-69)log k’=0.866
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079

(Compound I-69) log k ′ = 0.866
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080

(化合物I-70)log k’=0.882
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080

(Compound I-70) log k ′ = 0.882
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081

(化合物I-71)log k’=0.868
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081

(Compound I-71) log k ′ = 0.868
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082

(化合物I-72)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.96-1.01(m, 9H), 1.27(s, 6H), 1.34(d, J=12.1Hz, 2H), 1.61-1.72(m, 6H), 1.89-2.04(m, 6H), 3.03-3.08(m, 2H), 3.89(s, 1H), 4.10(d, J=6.6Hz, 2H),4.44(s, 1H), 6.34(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.78(d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.39(d, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 7.57(t, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 7.98(s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082

(Compound I-72) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.96-1.01 (m, 9H), 1.27 (s, 6H), 1.34 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 2H), 1.61-1.72 (m , 6H), 1.89-2.04 (m, 6H), 3.03-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 2H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 6.34 ( d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J = 5.4Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083

(化合物I-73)log k’=0.876
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083

(Compound I-73) log k ′ = 0.876
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084

(化合物I-74)log k’=0.896
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084

(Compound I-74) log k ′ = 0.896
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085

(化合物I-75)log k’=0.95
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085

(Compound I-75) log k ′ = 0.95
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086

(化合物I-76)log k’=0.946
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086

(Compound I-76) log k ′ = 0.946
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087

(化合物I-77)log k’=0.926
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087

(Compound I-77) log k ′ = 0.926
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088

(化合物I-78)log k’=0.955
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088

(Compound I-78) log k ′ = 0.955
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089

(化合物I-79)log k’=0.818
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089

(Compound I-79) log k ′ = 0.818
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090

(化合物I-80)log k’=0.852
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090

(Compound I-80) log k ′ = 0.852
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091

(化合物I-81)log k’=0.813
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091

(Compound I-81) log k ′ = 0.813
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092

(化合物I-83)log k’=0.87
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092

(Compound I-83) log k ′ = 0.87
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093

プロパン-2-チオール(413μl)のジメチルホルムアミド溶液(8ml)に、氷冷下、60%水素化ナトリウム(169mg)を加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。その後、化合物II-30(800mg)のジメチルホルムアミド溶液(8ml)を滴下し、さらに2時間撹拌した。反応終了後、1N塩酸水溶液に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水の順に洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、化合物II-33(738mg)を得た。
化合物II-33 より、上記の実施例と同様に化合物I-160を合成した。
(化合物I-160)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.28 (d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.53-2.20 (m, 19H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.25 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H)
 以下に示した化合物も同様にして合成した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093

To a dimethylformamide solution (8 ml) of propan-2-thiol (413 μl), 60% sodium hydride (169 mg) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, a dimethylformamide solution (8 ml) of compound II-30 (800 mg) was added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was poured into 1N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine in that order, and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound II-33 (738 mg).
Compound I-160 was synthesized from Compound II-33 in the same manner as in the above Example.
(Compound I-160) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.28 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 6H), 1.53-2.20 (m, 19H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H ), 4.25 (d, J = 7.3Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H)
The following compounds were synthesized in the same manner.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094

(化合物I-161)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.12 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 1.29 (d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.58-2.22 (m, 13H), 3.24-3.34 (m, 3H), 4.26 (brs, 1H), 5.76 (brs, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094

(Compound I-161) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.12 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 3H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.58-2.22 ( m, 13H), 3.24-3.34 (m, 3H), 4.26 (brs, 1H), 5.76 (brs, 1H), 6.64 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H ), 7.92 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095

(化合物I-162)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.12 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 1.29 (d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.64-2.28 (m, 13H), 3.24-3.34 (m, 3H), 4.30 (brs, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=13.9Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=13.9Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095

(Compound I-162) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.12 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 3H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.64-2.28 ( m, 13H), 3.24-3.34 (m, 3H), 4.30 (brs, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 6.64 (d, J = 13.9Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d , J = 13.9Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096

(化合物I-164)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.28 (d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.64-2.28 (m, 13H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.30 (d, J=7.1Hz, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=13.9Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=13.9Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096

(Compound I-164) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.28 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.64-2.28 (m, 13H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H ), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.30 (d, J = 7.1Hz, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 13.9Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d , J = 13.9Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097

(化合物I-165)NMR(d6-DMSO); δ(ppm)1.17 (d, J=6.4Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.56 (m, 8H), 1.77-2.18 (m, 14H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.07 (m, 1H), 6.00-6.40 (s, 2H), 6.55 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.90 (m, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097

(Compound I-165) NMR (d6-DMSO); δ (ppm) 1.17 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.56 (m, 8H), 1.77-2.18 (m, 14H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.07 (m, 1H), 6.00-6.40 (s, 2H), 6.55 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H), 7.79- 7.90 (m, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098

(化合物I-166)NMR(d6-DMSO); δ(ppm)1.18 (d, J=6.8Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.58 (m, 8H), 1.77-2.18 (m, 14H), 3.02 (d, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.93-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.39 (t, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=7.2Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098

(Compound I-166) NMR (d6-DMSO); δ (ppm) 1.18 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 6H), 1.38-1.58 (m, 8H), 1.77-2.18 (m, 14H), 3.02 (d , J = 5.6Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.93-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.39 (t, J = 5.6Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H) , 7.29 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099

(化合物I-167)NMR(d6-DMSO); δ(ppm)1.18 (d, J=5.6Hz, 6H), 1.44 (s, 6H), 1.50-2.07 (m, 16H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.98-4.10 (m, 3H), 6.55 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=6.0Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099

(Compound I-167) NMR (d6-DMSO); δ (ppm) 1.18 (d, J = 5.6Hz, 6H), 1.44 (s, 6H), 1.50-2.07 (m, 16H), 3.32-3.40 (m , 1H), 3.98-4.10 (m, 3H), 6.55 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H) , 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 6.0Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100

(化合物I-168)NMR(CDCl3); δ(ppm)1.29 (d, J=6.6Hz, 6H), 1.57-2.20 (m, 22H), 3.31-3.38 (m, 1H), 4.25 (d, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 5.59 (s, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H)
 上記実施例と同様に、以下の化合物を合成した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100

(Compound I-168) NMR (CDCl3); δ (ppm) 1.29 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.57-2.20 (m, 22H), 3.31-3.38 (m, 1H), 4.25 (d, J = 6.6Hz, 1H), 5.59 (s, 1H), 6.55 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H)
The following compounds were synthesized as in the above examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101

(化合物I-169)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.25-2.03 (m, 25H), 2.58 (d, J=4.3Hz, 3H), 3.90 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.88-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 7.52 (brs, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101

(Compound I-169) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.25-2.03 (m, 25H), 2.58 (d, J = 4.3Hz, 3H), 3.90 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H ), 4.88-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 1H), 7.52 (brs , 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102

(化合物I-170)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.00 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H), 1.25-2.03 (m, 25H), 3.04-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.89 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.89-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102

(Compound I-170) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.00 (t, J = 7.1Hz, 3H), 1.25-2.03 (m, 25H), 3.04-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.89 (brs , 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.89-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J = 5.2Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103

(化合物I-171)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.26-2.10 (m, 25H), 2.58 (d, J=4.6Hz, 3H), 3.97 (brs, 1H), 4.89-4.96 (m, 1H), 6.19 (brs, 2H), 6.35 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 7.53 (brs, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103

(Compound I-171) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.26-2.10 (m, 25H), 2.58 (d, J = 4.6Hz, 3H), 3.97 (brs, 1H), 4.89-4.96 (m , 1H), 6.19 (brs, 2H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 7.53 (brs , 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104

(化合物I-172)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.00 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H), 1.25-2.10 (m, 25H), 3.04-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.96 (brs, 1H), 4.90-4.97 (m, 1H), 6.20 (brs, 2H), 6.35 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.1Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104

(Compound I-172) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.00 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 3H), 1.25-2.10 (m, 25H), 3.04-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.96 (brs , 1H), 4.90-4.97 (m, 1H), 6.20 (brs, 2H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.1Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J = 5.4Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105

(化合物I-173)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.87 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J=6.1Hz, 6H), 1.33-2.07 (m, 23H), 3.88 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.87-4.93 (m ,1H), 6.35 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105

(Compound I-173) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.87 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.33-2.07 (m, 23H), 3.88 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.87-4.93 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d , J = 7.3Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106

(化合物I-174)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)0.87 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J=6.1Hz, 6H), 1.40-2.10 (m, 23H),  3.96 (brs, 1H), 4.89-4.95 (m, 1H), 6.20 (brs, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106

(Compound I-174) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 0.87 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.40-2.10 (m, 23H), 3.96 (brs, 1H), 4.89-4.95 (m, 1H), 6.20 (brs, 2H), 6.36 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d , J = 6.6Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107

(化合物I-179)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.25 (d, J=6.1Hz, 6H), 1.35-2.03 (m, 19H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.89 (brs, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.86-4.93 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=7.1Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107

(Compound I-179) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.25 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.35-2.03 (m, 19H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H ), 3.89 (brs, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.86-4.93 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.1Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108

(化合物I-180)NMR(DMSO-d6); δ(ppm)1.25 (d, J=6.1Hz, 6H), 1.41-2.10 (m, 19H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.95 (brs, 1H), 4.87-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.19 (brs, 2H), 6.39 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=14.4Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.40 (m, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108

(Compound I-180) NMR (DMSO-d6); δ (ppm) 1.25 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.41-2.10 (m, 19H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H ), 3.95 (brs, 1H), 4.87-4.94 (m, 1H), 6.19 (brs, 2H), 6.39 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.36 -7.40 (m, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H)
(試験例1)
11β-HSD1阻害剤の評価法(ヒト11β-HSD1 に対する化合物の評価)
 阻害剤を、50 mM リン酸ナトリウム緩衝液(pH 7.5)、ウシ血清アルブミン(1 mg/ml)、NADPH (0.42 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸 (1.26 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸デヒドリゲナーゼ、酵素で構成される反応溶液中で室温で30分間プレインキュベーション後、基質コルチゾン(5μM)を添加した(全量で10μl)。37℃で2時間反応後、XL-665標識コルチゾール溶液 (5μl)、Cryptate標識抗コルチゾール抗体溶液 (5μl) を添加し、室温で2時間反応後、蛍光強度(HTRF法)を測定した。実験ごとに濃度既知のコルチゾールで作成した標準曲線からコルチゾール濃度を算出した。
 阻害剤を含まない時に生成されたコルチゾール濃度をコントロール値とし、阻害剤の各濃度でのコントロール値に対する阻害率をプロットした阻害曲線から阻害剤の11β-HSD1 に対する50%阻害濃度(IC50値)を算出した。
(Test Example 1)
Evaluation of 11β-HSD1 inhibitors (Evaluation of compounds against human 11β-HSD1)
Inhibitors include 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml), NADPH (0.42 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate (1.26 mg / ml), glucose-6 -Substrate cortisone (5 μM) was added after preincubation for 30 minutes at room temperature in a reaction solution composed of phosphate dehydrgenase and enzyme (total 10 μl). After reacting at 37 ° C. for 2 hours, XL-665-labeled cortisol solution (5 μl) and Cryptate-labeled anti-cortisol antibody solution (5 μl) were added, and after 2 hours of reaction at room temperature, fluorescence intensity (HTRF method) was measured. Cortisol concentration was calculated from a standard curve prepared with cortisol of known concentration for each experiment.
The concentration of cortisol produced when no inhibitor was included was taken as the control value, and the inhibitory curve plotting the inhibition rate against the control value at each concentration of the inhibitor was the 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50 value) against 11β-HSD1 of the inhibitor. Calculated.
(試験例2)
11β-HSD1阻害剤の評価法(マウス 11β-HSD1に対する化合物の評価)
 阻害剤を、50 mM リン酸ナトリウム緩衝液(pH 7.5)、ウシ血清アルブミン(1 mg/ml)、NADPH (0.42 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸 (1.26 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸デヒドリゲナーゼ、酵素で構成される反応溶液中で室温で30分間プレインキュベーション後、基質11-デヒドロコルチコステロン(2μM)を添加した(全量で10μl)。37℃で2時間反応後、XL-665標識コルチゾール溶液 (5μl)、Cryptate標識抗コルチゾール抗体溶液 (5 μl) を添加し、室温で2時間反応後、蛍光強度を測定した(HTRF法)。実験ごとに濃度既知のコルチコステロンで作成した標準曲線からコルチコステロン濃度を算出した。
 阻害剤を含まない時に生成されたコルチコステロン濃度をコントロール値とし、阻害剤の各濃度でのコントロール値に対する阻害率をプロットした阻害曲線から阻害剤の11β-HSD1 に対する50%阻害濃度(IC50値)を算出した。
(Test Example 2)
Evaluation method of 11β-HSD1 inhibitor (Compound evaluation for mouse 11β-HSD1)
Inhibitors include 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml), NADPH (0.42 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate (1.26 mg / ml), glucose-6 -Substrate 11-dehydrocorticosterone (2 μM) was added after preincubation for 30 minutes at room temperature in a reaction solution consisting of phosphate dehydrogenase and enzyme (total volume 10 μl). After reacting at 37 ° C. for 2 hours, XL-665-labeled cortisol solution (5 μl) and Cryptate-labeled anti-cortisol antibody solution (5 μl) were added, and after 2 hours of reaction at room temperature, the fluorescence intensity was measured (HTRF method). Corticosterone concentration was calculated from a standard curve prepared with corticosterone of known concentration for each experiment.
The concentration of corticosterone produced when no inhibitor was included was taken as the control value, and the inhibitory curve of the inhibitor against 11β-HSD1 (IC50 value) was plotted from the inhibition rate against the control value at each concentration of the inhibitor. ) Was calculated.
 試験例1及び2の結果を以下に示す。
化合物I-7:ヒトIC50=3.4nM、マウスIC50=0.41nM
化合物I-9:ヒトIC50=11nM、マウスIC50=1.7nM
化合物I-29:ヒトIC50=8.7nM、マウスIC50=0.19nM
化合物I-30:ヒトIC50=35.1nM、マウスIC50=2nM
化合物I-36:ヒトIC50=1.2nM、マウスIC50=1nM
化合物I-63:ヒトIC50=1.4nM、マウスIC50=0.21nM
化合物I-77:ヒトIC50=0.62nM、マウスIC50=0.23nM
化合物I-168:ヒトIC50=6.6nM、マウスIC50=1.6nM
The results of Test Examples 1 and 2 are shown below.
Compound I-7: human IC 50 = 3.4 nM, mouse IC 50 = 0.41 nM
Compound I-9: human IC 50 = 11 nM, mouse IC 50 = 1.7 nM
Compound I-29: human IC 50 = 8.7 nM, mouse IC 50 = 0.19 nM
Compound I-30: human IC 50 = 35.1 nM, mouse IC 50 = 2 nM
Compound I-36: human IC 50 = 1.2 nM, mouse IC 50 = 1 nM
Compound I-63: human IC 50 = 1.4 nM, mouse IC 50 = 0.21 nM
Compound I-77: human IC 50 = 0.62nM, mouse IC 50 = 0.23 nM
Compound I-168: human IC 50 = 6.6 nM, mouse IC 50 = 1.6 nM
(試験例3)
糖尿病に対する11β-HSD1 阻害剤の経口吸収性の検討実験材料と方法
(1)使用動物 6週齢の雄性C57BL/6J Jclマウスを日本クレアより購入し、1週間の予備飼育の後、7週齢で実験に使用した。
(2)飼育条件 マウスは、飼育環境として温度は23±2℃、湿度は55±10%に設定され、照明は8:00~20:00点灯、20:00~8:00消灯のサイクルに設定されている。予備飼育中、実験期間中は固形飼料(CE-2、日本クレア)および滅菌水道水を自由摂取させた。
(3)個体およびケージの識別 マウスの尾に油性インクで個体番号を記し識別を行った。ケージには試験責任者名、入荷日、系統、性別、供給元を記したラベルを付け、予備飼育中は20匹/ケージで飼育した。実験開始後は3匹/ケージで飼育した。
(4)投与量、群分けの設定 経口投与、静脈内投与の投与量により、以下のように群を設定した。
 経口投与 20mg/kg(n=3)
 静脈内投与 5mg/kg(n=3)
(5)投与液の調製 調製法は以下に示した。経口投与媒体として、0.5%メチルセルロース(1500cP)を用い懸濁液を調整した。静脈内投与媒体として、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド/ポリエチレングリコール400(=1/2)を用い、可溶化溶液を調整した。
(6)投与方法 経口投与は、10mL/kgの割合で経口ゾンデにより強制的に胃内に投与した。静脈内投与は、2.5mL/kgの割合でガラスシリンジにより尾静脈から投与した。
(7)評価項目 採血は心臓からの時点採血とし、血漿中薬物濃度をHPLCまたはLC/MS/MSを用いて測定した。
(8)統計解析 血漿中濃度推移について、非線型最小プログラムWinNonlin(登録商標)を用いて血漿中濃度‐時間曲線下面積(AUC)を算出し、経口投与群と静脈内投与群のAUCからバイオアベイラビリティを算出した。
(Test Example 3)
Examination of Oral Absorption of 11β-HSD1 Inhibitor for Diabetes Experimental Materials and Methods (1) Animals Used 6-week-old male C57BL / 6J Jcl mice were purchased from CLEA Japan, and after 1-week preliminary breeding, 7-week-old Used in the experiment.
(2) Breeding conditions The mice are kept in a breeding environment with a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and humidity of 55 ± 10%. The lighting is cycled from 8:00 to 20:00 and from 20:00 to 8:00. Is set. During the preliminary breeding and the experiment period, solid feed (CE-2, Nippon Claire) and sterile tap water were freely given.
(3) Identification of individual and cage An individual number was marked on the tail of the mouse with oil-based ink for identification. The cage was labeled with the name of the person responsible for the test, date of arrival, strain, sex, and supplier, and was kept at 20 / cage during preliminary breeding. After the start of the experiment, the animals were raised at 3 animals / cage.
(4) Setting of dose and grouping Groups were set as follows according to the doses of oral administration and intravenous administration.
Oral administration 20 mg / kg (n = 3)
Intravenous administration 5 mg / kg (n = 3)
(5) Preparation of administration liquid The preparation method was shown below. A suspension was prepared using 0.5% methylcellulose (1500 cP) as an oral administration medium. N, N-dimethylacetamide / polyethylene glycol 400 (= 1/2) was used as an intravenous administration medium to prepare a solubilized solution.
(6) Administration method Oral administration was forcibly administered into the stomach with an oral sonde at a rate of 10 mL / kg. Intravenous administration was carried out from the tail vein with a glass syringe at a rate of 2.5 mL / kg.
(7) Evaluation items Blood was collected at a time point from the heart, and the drug concentration in plasma was measured using HPLC or LC / MS / MS.
(8) Statistical analysis Regarding the plasma concentration transition, the area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) was calculated using the non-linear minimum program WinNonlin (registered trademark), and the biologic was calculated from the AUC of the oral administration group and intravenous administration group. Availability was calculated.
摘出脂肪組織を用いたHSD1阻害活性評価法
実験には9-10週齢の雄性ob/obマウスを用いた。動物に被験化合物30-50mg/kgを経口投与し、8および16時間後に抱水クロラール麻酔下に内臓脂肪を摘出して脂肪中HSD1活性を測定した。被験化合物のHSD1阻害活性は0.5%メチルセルロース溶液を経口投与し、同様の処置を施した動物の脂肪中HSD1活性を100として阻害率を算出した。
摘出した内臓脂肪 約200 mgに3倍量のリン酸緩衝液(50 mM リン酸ナトリウム(pH 7.5)、ウシ血清アルブミン(1 mg/ml))を加えてホモジネート溶液を調製し、HSD1酵素活性測定に供した。 HSD1酵素活性測定は60 μlの反応液 (50 mM リン酸ナトリウム緩衝液(pH 7.5)、ウシ血清アルブミン(1 mg/ml)、NADPH (0.42 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸 (1.26 mg/ml)、グルコース-6-リン酸デヒドリゲナーゼ)と脂肪ホモジネート溶液20 μlを混和し、10 μM 11-DHC溶液20 μlを基質として添加後、反応を開始した。反応は37℃で60分間行い、200 μl酢酸エチルの添加により反応を停止させた。分析用の内部標準としてデキサメタゾン溶液10 μl(20 pmol/μl)を添加後、遠心し(15000 rpm x 3 min, r.t.)、上清150 μlを採取した。上清は減圧乾燥後、得られた残渣を水-メタノール溶液(H2O:メタノール= 45:55)60 μlに溶解し、HPLCでコルチコステロンを定量した。コルチコステロンの測定は内部標準品デキサメタゾン量との相対比で検量線を予め作成し、それを基に算出した。
9-10 week old male ob / ob mice were used in the HSD1 inhibitory activity evaluation method experiments using isolated adipose tissue. The test compound 30-50 mg / kg was orally administered to the animals, and after 8 and 16 hours, visceral fat was removed under chloral hydrate anesthesia, and the HSD1 activity in fat was measured. The HSD1 inhibitory activity of the test compound was calculated by taking the 0.5% methylcellulose solution orally and giving the HSD1 activity in fat of animals treated in the same manner as 100.
Add about 3 times the amount of phosphate buffer (50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml)) to approximately 200 mg of the extracted visceral fat to prepare a homogenate solution, and measure HSD1 enzyme activity It was used for. HSD1 enzyme activity was measured using 60 μl of reaction solution (50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5), bovine serum albumin (1 mg / ml), NADPH (0.42 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate (1.26 mg / ml), glucose-6-phosphate dehydrgenase) and 20 μl of fat homogenate solution were mixed, and 20 μl of 10 μM 11-DHC solution was added as a substrate, and then the reaction was started. The reaction was carried out at 37 ° C. for 60 minutes, and the reaction was stopped by adding 200 μl of ethyl acetate. As an internal standard for analysis, 10 μl (20 pmol / μl) of dexamethasone solution was added, followed by centrifugation (15000 rpm × 3 min, rt), and 150 μl of supernatant was collected. The supernatant was dried under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was dissolved in 60 μl of a water-methanol solution (H 2 O: methanol = 45: 55), and corticosterone was quantified by HPLC. Corticosterone was measured based on a calibration curve prepared in advance with a relative ratio to the amount of the internal standard dexamethasone.
(試験例4)
インビトロモデル 細胞培養
 C2C12:マウス筋芽細胞株C2C12細胞を、以下に記載される適当な培地で培養し、37℃、95~98%湿度および5%COで維持した。
 通常培養では、DMEM Low Glucose(GIBCO)+10%ウシ胎児血清(FBS, GIBCO)+Penicillin(100units/mL, GIBCO)+Streptomycin(100ug/mL, GIBCO)で培養した。
細胞を分化させるためには、通常培養の培地での培養開始24時間後、DMEM Low Glucose(GIBCO)+2%ウマ血清(HS, GIBCO)+Penicillin(100units/mL, GIBCO)+Streptomycin(100ug/mL, GIBCO)で培養した。分化させた細胞を用いる際には、3日以上、本培地で培養した細胞を利用した。
(Test Example 4)
In Vitro Model Cell Culture C2C12: Mouse myoblast cell line C2C12 cells were cultured in the appropriate media described below and maintained at 37 ° C., 95-98% humidity and 5% CO 2 .
In normal culture, the cells were cultured in DMEM Low Glucose (GIBCO) + 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, GIBCO) + Penicillin (100 units / mL, GIBCO) + Streptomycin (100 ug / mL, GIBCO).
In order to differentiate cells, 24 hours after the start of culture in a normal culture medium, DMEM Low Glucose (GIBCO) + 2% horse serum (HS, GIBCO) + Penicillin (100 units / mL, GIBCO) + Streptomycin (100ug / mL, GIBCO ). When differentiated cells were used, cells cultured in this medium for 3 days or longer were used.
(試験例5)
C2C12細胞におけるコルチゾン処置によるAtrogin、MuRF1発現変化に対する化合物の効果
 本試験例では、in vitroにおけるグルココルチコイドのAtrogin、MuRF1発現に対する効果、コルチゾン処置によるAtrogin、MuRF1発現上昇に対する化合物の効果を検証した。
 コルチゾン処置によるAtrogin、MuRF1発現増加に対する化合物の効果
 分化させたC2C12細胞に対して各濃度の化合物I-168(Compound H)を処置し、その1時間後、1uMコルチゾン(シグマ)処置した。さらにその24時間後、RNAesay mini kit(QIAGEN)を用いて、メーカー推奨プロトコルに準じてtotal RNAを抽出した。
 抽出したtotal RNAは、High Capacity cDNA Reverse Transcription Kits(Applied Biosystems)を用いて、標準プロトコルに準じてcDNAへ逆転写した。定量的PCR には、Power SYBR Green Master Mix(Applied Biosystems)を用いた。なお、内在性コントロールとしてRPS18を使用した。
 マウスAtroginの発現量を測定するために使用したプライマー配列は、
FWプライマー:CTGGAAATAATGGATGGCCACA;
RVプライマー:TGGAACCAAAGGCTCCCAAG
を用いた。
 マウスMuRF1の発現量を測定するために使用したプライマー配列は、
FWプライマー:TGTCTCACGTGTGAGGTGCCTA;
RVプライマー:CACCAGCATGGAGATGCAGTTAC
を用いた。
 マウスRPS18の発現量を測定するために使用したプライマー配列は、
FWプライマー:TTCTGGCCAACGGTCTAGACAAC;
RVプライマー:CCAGTGGTCTTGGTGTGCTGA
を用いた。
 結果、1uMコルチゾン処置はAtrogin、MuRF1 mRNA発現量をそれぞれ2.23倍、1.50倍に増加させ、化合物I-168(Compound H)の前処置によりこれら遺伝子発現増加は用量依存的かつ有意に抑制された。本結果から、in vitroにおいて11β-HSD1阻害剤がコルチゾンに誘発される筋萎縮を抑制することが示された(図1)。
(Test Example 5)
Effects of compounds on changes in Atrogin and MuRF1 expression by cortisone treatment in C2C12 cells In this test example, the effects of glucocorticoid on Atrogin and MuRF1 expression in vitro, and the effects of compounds on the increase in Atrogin and MuRF1 expression by cortisone treatment were examined.
Effect of Compound on Atrogin and MuRF1 Expression Increase by Cortisone Treatment Differentiated C2C12 cells were treated with each concentration of Compound I-168 (Compound H), and 1 hour later, 1 uM cortisone (Sigma) was treated. After 24 hours, total RNA was extracted using RNAesay mini kit (QIAGEN) according to the manufacturer's recommended protocol.
The extracted total RNA was reverse-transcribed into cDNA according to a standard protocol using High Capacity cDNA Reverse Transcription Kits (Applied Biosystems). For quantitative PCR, Power SYBR Green Master Mix (Applied Biosystems) was used. RPS18 was used as an endogenous control.
The primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse Atrogin is
FW primer: CTGGAAATAATGGATGGCCACA;
RV primer: TGGAACCAAAGGCTCCCAAG
Was used.
The primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse MuRF1 is
FW primer: TGTCTCACGGTTGAGGTGCCCTA;
RV primer: CACCAGCATGGGATAGGCAGTAC
Was used.
The primer sequence used to measure the expression level of mouse RPS18 is
FW primer: TTCTGGCCAACGGTCTAGACACAC;
RV primer: CCAGTGGTCTTGGTTGCTGA
Was used.
As a result, 1 uM cortisone treatment increased Atrogin and MuRF1 mRNA expression levels by 2.23 times and 1.50 times, respectively, and the pretreatment with compound I-168 (Compound H) suppressed these gene expression increases in a dose-dependent manner and significantly. From this result, it was shown that 11β-HSD1 inhibitor suppresses cortisone-induced muscle atrophy in vitro (FIG. 1).
(試験例6)
筋肉中11β-HSD1活性に対する化合物単回経口投与の効果
 本試験例では、化合物経口投与による筋肉中11β-HSD1活性の抑制効果を検証した。
単回投与から1時間後の筋肉中11β-HSD1活性
 雄性成体マウスCBF1マウス(10-12週齢、日本クレア)に化合物I-168(Compound H) 0.1-10mg/kgの懸濁液を経口投与し、投与1時間後に腓腹筋を摘出し、摘出後直ちに凍結した。
 腓腹筋に対して組織量の3倍量ホモジナイズ溶液(100mM Tris-HCl(pH7.5), 150mM NaCl)を加え、4度に維持した部屋のなかでTissueLyser II (Qiagen)を用いて筋組織を粉砕することで、筋ホモジネートを作成した。
 筋ホモジネート20uLに対して、1.9mg/mL Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate(シグマ)、5.8mg/mL Glucose-6-phosphate(シグマ)、0.5% Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (シグマ)を含む50mM sodium phosphate buffer(pH 7.5)緩衝溶液を60uL、さらに反応基質(11-dehydrocorticosterone、10uM)を20uLを加えた。その後、2時間、37℃でインキュベートした。反応終了後、酢酸エチルを利用してステロイドを抽出し、HPCL(2690 (Waters, Separations module),2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector),LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP-select B (Merck KGaA, Column))を用いて抽出液中に含まれるステロイド濃度を定量した。
 結果、化合物経口投与は、筋ホモジネートのコルチコステロン産生を用量依存的に抑制し、10mg/kg投与によりコルチコステロン産生が99%抑制された。本結果は、化合物の経口投与1時間後の腓腹筋において、11β-HSD1の活性が十分に抑制されていることを示す(図2)。
化合物初回投与から24時間後の筋肉中11β-HSD1活性
 雄性成体マウスCBF1マウス(10-12週齢、日本クレア)に化合物I-168(Compound H) 3-30mg/kgの懸濁液を経口投与した。初回投与から6時間後、初回投与と同じ用量の化合物を経口投与した。さらに、初回投与から24時間後、腓腹筋を摘出し、摘出後直ちに凍結した。
 腓腹筋に対して組織量の3倍量ホモジナイズ溶液(100mM Tris-HCl(pH7.5), 150mM NaCl)を加え、4度に維持した部屋のなかでTissueLyser II (Qiagen)を用いて筋組織を粉砕することで、筋ホモジネートを作成した。
 筋ホモジネート20uLに対して、1.9mg/mL Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate(シグマ)、5.8mg/mL Glucose-6-phosphate(シグマ)、0.5% Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (シグマ)を含む50mM sodium phosphate buffer(pH 7.5)緩衝溶液を60uL、さらに反応基質(11-dehydrocorticosterone、10uM)を20uL加えた。その後、2時間、37℃でインキュベートした。反応終了後、酢酸エチルを利用してステロイドを抽出し、HPCL(2690 (Waters, Separations module),2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector),LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP-select B (Merck KGaA, Column))を用いて抽出液中に含まれるステロイド濃度を定量した。
 結果、化合物初回投与から24時間後において、筋ホモジネートのコルチコステロン産生が抑制され、30mg/kgでは約47%抑制された。本結果から、化合物初回投与24時間後の腓腹筋においても、11β-HSD1の活性が抑制されることを確認した(図3)。
(Test Example 6)
Effect of single oral administration of compound on 11β-HSD1 activity in muscle In this test example, the inhibitory effect of 11β-HSD1 activity in muscle by oral administration of compound was examined.
11β-HSD1 activity in muscle 1 hour after a single dose Male adult mouse CBF1 mice (10-12 weeks old, Claire, Japan) were orally administered a suspension of Compound I-168 (Compound H) 0.1-10 mg / kg The gastrocnemius muscle was removed 1 hour after administration and frozen immediately after removal.
Add 3 times the amount of tissue homogenized to the gastrocnemius muscle (100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl) and grind muscle tissue using TissueLyser II (Qiagen) in a room maintained at 4 degrees A muscle homogenate was created.
For 20 uL of muscle homogenate, 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer containing 1.9 mg / mL Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (Sigma), 5.8 mg / mL Glucose-6-phosphate (Sigma), 0.5% Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (Sigma) ( 60 μL of pH 7.5 buffer solution and 20 uL of reaction substrate (11-dehydrocorticosterone, 10 uM) were added. Then, it incubated at 37 degreeC for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, steroids were extracted using ethyl acetate, HPCL (2690 (Waters, Separations module), 2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector), LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP-select B (Merck KGaA, Column )) Was used to quantify the steroid concentration contained in the extract.
As a result, oral administration of the compound inhibited corticosterone production of muscle homogenate in a dose-dependent manner, and corticosterone production was inhibited 99% by administration of 10 mg / kg. This result shows that the activity of 11β-HSD1 is sufficiently suppressed in the gastrocnemius muscle 1 hour after oral administration of the compound (FIG. 2).
11β-HSD1 activity in muscle 24 hours after the initial administration of the compound Oral administration of a suspension of compound I-168 (Compound H) 3-30 mg / kg to male adult mouse CBF1 mice (10-12 weeks old, Claire, Japan) did. Six hours after the first administration, the same dose of the compound as that of the first administration was orally administered. Furthermore, 24 hours after the first administration, the gastrocnemius muscle was removed and frozen immediately after removal.
Add 3 times the amount of tissue homogenized to the gastrocnemius muscle (100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl) and grind muscle tissue using TissueLyser II (Qiagen) in a room maintained at 4 degrees A muscle homogenate was created.
For 20 uL of muscle homogenate, 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer containing 1.9 mg / mL Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (Sigma), 5.8 mg / mL Glucose-6-phosphate (Sigma), 0.5% Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (Sigma) ( 60 μL of pH 7.5) buffer solution and 20 uL of reaction substrate (11-dehydrocorticosterone, 10 uM) were added. Then, it incubated at 37 degreeC for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, steroids were extracted using ethyl acetate, HPCL (2690 (Waters, Separations module), 2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector), LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP-select B (Merck KGaA, Column )) Was used to quantify the steroid concentration contained in the extract.
As a result, the corticosterone production of muscle homogenate was suppressed 24 hours after the first administration of the compound, and about 47% was suppressed at 30 mg / kg. From these results, it was confirmed that the activity of 11β-HSD1 was also suppressed in gastrocnemius muscle 24 hours after the initial administration of the compound (FIG. 3).
(試験例7)
コルチゾンペレット移植によるマウスへの影響と化合物反復経口投与の効果
 本試験例では、コルチゾンの徐放ペレットをマウスの皮下に移植することによる影響と、それに対する化合物の反復投与の効果を検証した。
 C57BL/6J(オス10週齢, 日本クレア)に、麻酔下、コルチゾンペレットを皮下に移植し、コルチゾンペレット移植動物を作成した。コルチゾンペレットを移植してから、9日間、0.5%メチルセルロース(和光純薬)に溶解した化合物I-168(Compound H)30mg/kgを10mL/kgの投与量で1日2回の投与間隔で、経口投与した。体重は、移植当日、移植後2日、3日、5日、8日、9日目に測定した。摂餌量は、移植後6日目から24時間の餌消費量を算出した。握力試験は、移植後8日目にDEF002(SD instruments)を用いて実施した。移植後9日目には、麻酔下、腹部大動脈より採血を行った後、前脛骨筋(tibialis anterior, TA)、腓腹筋(gastronemius, GA)、長指伸筋(extensor digitorum longus, EDL)、足底筋(plantaris, PLANT)を分離し、重量を測定した。得られた採血から、血漿を分離し、酢酸エチルを利用してステロイドを抽出し、HPCL(2690 (Waters, Separations module),2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector),LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP-select B (Merck KGaA, Column))を用いて抽出液中に含まれるステロイド濃度を定量した。
 結果、コルチゾンペレットを移植することにより、血中コルチゾン濃度とコルチゾール濃度が増加した。コルチゾンペレット移植動物に化合物を反復投与することにより、血中コルチゾン濃度はさらに増加し、血中コルチゾール濃度は減少した。また、コルチゾンペレットを移植することにより、体重と摂餌量が減少し、TA、GA、EDL、plantの重量が減少し、握力が低下した(図4および5)。コルチゾンペレット移植によるこれら影響は、化合物の反復投与により抑制された。
(Test Example 7)
Effects on mice by transplantation of cortisone pellets and effects of repeated oral administration of compounds In this test example, the effects of transplantation of sustained release pellets of cortisone subcutaneously to mice and the effects of repeated administration of compounds on it were examined.
A cortisone pellet was subcutaneously transplanted to C57BL / 6J (male 10 weeks old, Claire, Japan) under anesthesia to produce a cortisone pellet transplanted animal. After transplanting cortisone pellets, Compound I-168 (Compound H) 30 mg / kg dissolved in 0.5% methylcellulose (Wako Pure Chemical Industries) for 9 days at a dose of 10 mL / kg, twice a day, Orally administered. Body weight was measured on the day of transplantation and on the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 8th, and 9th days after transplantation. The amount of food consumption was calculated as the amount of food consumed for 24 hours from the sixth day after transplantation. The grip strength test was performed using DEF002 (SD instruments) on the 8th day after transplantation. On the 9th day after transplantation, blood was collected from the abdominal aorta under anesthesia, then the tibialis anterior (TA), gastrocnemius (GA), extensor digitorum longus (EDL), foot, Plantars (PLANT) were isolated and weighed. Plasma was separated from the obtained blood sample, steroid was extracted using ethyl acetate, HPCL (2690 (Waters, Separations module), 2487 (Waters, Dual λ absorbance detector), LichroCART 75-4 Supersphere 60 RP- The concentration of steroid contained in the extract was quantified using select B (Merck KGaA, Column).
As a result, blood cortisone concentration and cortisol concentration increased by transplanting cortisone pellets. Repeated administration of the compound to cortisone pellet transplanted animals further increased blood cortisone levels and decreased blood cortisol levels. In addition, transplantation of cortisone pellets decreased body weight and food consumption, decreased the weight of TA, GA, EDL, and plant, and decreased grip strength (FIGS. 4 and 5). These effects of cortisone pellet implantation were suppressed by repeated administration of the compound.
(試験例8)
コルチコステロン投与によるマウスへの影響と化合物反復経口投与の効果
 本試験例では、コルチコステロンをマウスに投与することによる影響と、それに対する化合物の反復投与の効果を検証した。
 C57BL/6J(オス10週齢, 日本クレア)にコルチコステロン溶液 (シグマ・アルドリッチ、1%エタノールに溶解、30ug/mLもしくは100ug/mLとして給水)を与え、同時に化合物I-30(30 mg/kg,10mL/kg)を1日2回、経口投与した。
 投薬開始4週目に動物を解剖し、皮下脂肪(図6)、精巣上体脂肪(図7)、腓腹筋(図8)、前脛骨筋重量(図9)を測定した。コルチコステロンの用量依存的に脂肪重量が増加し、この増加が化合物I-30によって有意に抑制された。
 また、骨格筋重量はコルチコステロンにより用量依存的に低下し、この低下は化合物I-30によって有意に抑制された。
 解剖時の血中グルコース、および血中脂質を測定したところ、コルチコステロンにより血中グルコースに変化は起きなかったが、中性脂肪(図10)、および遊離脂肪酸(図11)が用量依存的に増加し、いずれに変化も化合物I-30によって抑制された。
 以上の結果により、コルチコステロンの過剰に伴って出現する脂肪蓄積、筋萎縮、脂質異常症が化合物I-30によって抑制されることが示唆された。
(Test Example 8)
Effects of Corticosterone on Mice and Effects of Repeated Oral Compound Administration In this test example, the effects of administering corticosterone to mice and the effects of repeated administration of the compound on it were examined.
Corticosterone solution (Sigma Aldrich, dissolved in 1% ethanol, supplied as 30 ug / mL or 100 ug / mL) was given to C57BL / 6J (male, 10 weeks old, Claire, Japan) and at the same time compound I-30 (30 mg / mL) kg, 10 mL / kg) was orally administered twice a day.
Animals were dissected 4 weeks after the start of dosing, and subcutaneous fat (FIG. 6), epididymal fat (FIG. 7), gastrocnemius muscle (FIG. 8), and anterior tibial muscle weight (FIG. 9) were measured. The fat weight increased in a dose-dependent manner with corticosterone, and this increase was significantly suppressed by Compound I-30.
In addition, skeletal muscle weight was decreased in a dose-dependent manner by corticosterone, and this decrease was significantly suppressed by Compound I-30.
When blood glucose and blood lipid at the time of dissection were measured, corticosterone did not change blood glucose, but neutral fat (FIG. 10) and free fatty acid (FIG. 11) were dose-dependent. In both cases, the change was suppressed by Compound I-30.
From the above results, it was suggested that fat accumulation, muscle atrophy, and dyslipidemia appearing with excess corticosterone are suppressed by Compound I-30.
以下に示す製剤例1~8は例示にすぎないものであり、発明の範囲を何ら限定することを意図するものではない。「活性成分」なる用語は、本発明化合物、それらの製薬的に許容される塩、又はそれらの水和物を意味する。 Formulation Examples 1 to 8 shown below are merely examples, and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way. The term “active ingredient” means a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a hydrate thereof.
(製剤例1)
 硬質ゼラチンカプセルは次の成分を用いて製造する:
                       用量
                   (mg/カプセル)
   活性成分              250
   デンプン(乾燥)          200
   ステアリン酸マグネシウム       10    
   合計                460mg
(Formulation example 1)
Hard gelatin capsules are manufactured using the following ingredients:
Dose (mg / capsule)
Active ingredient 250
Starch (dried) 200
Magnesium stearate 10
Total 460mg
(製剤例2)
 錠剤は下記の成分を用いて製造する:
                       用量
                   (mg/錠剤)
   活性成分              250
   セルロース(微結晶)        400
   二酸化ケイ素(ヒューム)       10
   ステアリン酸              5   
   合計                665mg
 成分を混合し、圧縮して各重量665mgの錠剤にする。
(Formulation example 2)
Tablets are manufactured using the following ingredients:
Dose (mg / tablet)
Active ingredient 250
Cellulose (microcrystal) 400
Silicon dioxide (fume) 10
Stearic acid 5
665mg total
The ingredients are mixed and compressed into tablets each weighing 665 mg.
(製剤例3)
 以下の成分を含有するエアロゾル溶液を製造する:
                            重量   
   活性成分                     0.25
   エタノール                   25.75
   プロペラント22(クロロジフルオロメタン)   74.00 
   合計                     100.00
 活性成分とエタノールを混合し、この混合物をプロペラント22の一部に加え、-30℃に冷却し、充填装置に移す。ついで必要量をステンレススチール容器へ供給し、残りのプロペラントで希釈する。バブルユニットを容器に取り付ける。
(Formulation example 3)
An aerosol solution is prepared containing the following ingredients:
weight
Active ingredient 0.25
Ethanol 25.75
Propellant 22 (chlorodifluoromethane) 74.00
Total 100.00
The active ingredient and ethanol are mixed and this mixture is added to a portion of the propellant 22, cooled to −30 ° C. and transferred to a filling device. The required amount is then fed into a stainless steel container and diluted with the remaining propellant. Attach the bubble unit to the container.
(製剤例4)
 活性成分60mgを含む錠剤は次のように製造する:
   活性成分                     60mg
   デンプン                     45mg
   微結晶性セルロース                35mg
   ポリビニルピロリドン(水中10%溶液)       4mg
   ナトリウムカルボキシメチルデンプン         4.5mg
   ステアリン酸マグネシウム              0.5mg
   滑石                        1mg  
   合計                      150mg
 活性成分、デンプン、およびセルロースはNo.45メッシュU.S.のふるいにかけて、十分に混合する。ポリビニルピロリドンを含む水溶液を得られた粉末と混合し、ついで混合物をNo.14メッシュU.S.ふるいに通す。このようにして得た顆粒を50℃で乾燥してNo.18メッシュU.S.ふるいに通す。あらかじめNo.60メッシュU.S.ふるいに通したナトリウムカルボキシメチルデンプン、ステアリン酸マグネシウム、および滑石をこの顆粒に加え、混合した後、打錠機で圧縮して各重量150mgの錠剤を得る。
(Formulation example 4)
A tablet containing 60 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows:
Active ingredient 60mg
45mg starch
Microcrystalline cellulose 35mg
Polyvinylpyrrolidone (10% solution in water) 4mg
Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5mg
Magnesium stearate 0.5mg
Talc 1mg
150mg total
The active ingredients, starch, and cellulose are no. 45 mesh U.V. S. And mix well. An aqueous solution containing polyvinylpyrrolidone was mixed with the obtained powder, and the mixture was 14 mesh U.S. S. Pass through a sieve. The granules thus obtained were dried at 50 ° C. 18 mesh U.F. S. Pass through a sieve. No. 60 mesh U.S. S. Sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc passed through a sieve are added to the granules, mixed and then compressed on a tablet press to obtain tablets each weighing 150 mg.
(製剤例5)
 活性成分80mgを含むカプセル剤は次のように製造する:
   活性成分                     80mg
   デンプン                     59mg
   微結晶性セルロース                59mg
   ステアリン酸マグネシウム              2mg  
   合計                      200mg
 活性成分、デンプン、セルロース、およびステアリン酸マグネシウムを混合し、No.45メッシュU.S.のふるいに通して硬質ゼラチンカプセルに200mgずつ充填する。
(Formulation example 5)
Capsules containing 80 mg of active ingredient are prepared as follows:
Active ingredient 80mg
Starch 59mg
Microcrystalline cellulose 59mg
Magnesium stearate 2mg
Total 200mg
Mix the active ingredient, starch, cellulose and magnesium stearate; 45 mesh U.V. S. Through the sieve and filled into hard gelatin capsules 200 mg each.
(製剤例6)
 活性成分225mgを含む坐剤は次のように製造する:
   活性成分                    225mg
   飽和脂肪酸グリセリド             2000mg  
   合計                     2225mg
 活性成分をNo.60メッシュU.S.のふるいに通し、あらかじめ必要最小限に加熱して融解させた飽和脂肪酸グリセリドに懸濁する。ついでこの混合物を、みかけ2gの型に入れて冷却する。
(Formulation example 6)
A suppository containing 225 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows:
Active ingredient 225mg
Saturated fatty acid glyceride 2000mg
Total 2225mg
The active ingredient is No. 60 mesh U.S. S. And suspended in a saturated fatty acid glyceride that has been heated and melted to the minimum necessary. The mixture is then cooled in an apparent 2 g mold.
(製剤例7)
 活性成分50mgを含む懸濁剤は次のように製造する:
   活性成分                     50mg
   ナトリウムカルボキシメチルセルロース       50mg
   シロップ                   1.25ml
   安息香酸溶液                 0.10ml
   香料                        q.v.
   色素                        q.v.
   精製水を加え合計                  5ml
 活性成分をNo.45メッシュU.S.のふるいにかけ、ナトリウムカルボキシメチルセルロースおよびシロップと混合して滑らかなペーストにする。安息香酸溶液および香料を水の一部で希釈して加え、攪拌する。ついで水を十分量加えて必要な体積にする。
(Formulation example 7)
A suspension containing 50 mg of active ingredient is prepared as follows:
Active ingredient 50mg
Sodium carboxymethylcellulose 50mg
Syrup 1.25ml
Benzoic acid solution 0.10ml
Fragrance q. v.
Dye q. v.
5ml in total with purified water
The active ingredient is No. 45 mesh U.V. S. And is mixed with sodium carboxymethylcellulose and syrup to form a smooth paste. Add the benzoic acid solution and perfume diluted with a portion of the water and stir. Then add a sufficient amount of water to the required volume.
(製剤例8)
 静脈用製剤は次のように製造する:
   活性成分                    100mg
   飽和脂肪酸グリセリド             1000ml
 上記成分の溶液は通常、1分間に1mlの速度で患者に静脈内投与される。
(Formulation Example 8)
The intravenous formulation is manufactured as follows:
Active ingredient 100mg
Saturated fatty acid glyceride 1000ml
Solutions of the above components are usually administered intravenously to the patient at a rate of 1 ml per minute.
 以上の試験例から明らかなように、本発明に係る化合物は高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の優れた治療剤および/または予防剤として非常に有用である。 As is clear from the above test examples, the compound according to the present invention is very useful as a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent excellent in a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.

Claims (17)

  1. 式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式中、
    環Aは、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    であり、
    環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
    は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
    は-ORまたは-SRであり、
    は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
    は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
    は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
    およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
    は水素または-CONRであり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Where
    Ring A is
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    And
    Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
    R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
    R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
    R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
    R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
    R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
    R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
    R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
    R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
    R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
    R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
    R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition in which symptom is involved.
  2. 式(I)で示される化合物が、
    式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (式中、環A、R、R及びRは、請求項1と同義である。)で示される化合物である請求項1記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
    The compound of formula (I) is
    Formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (Wherein ring A, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 have the same meaning as in claim 1), the compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising.
  3. 環Aが式(III):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (式中、Rは請求項1と同義である。)で示される基である請求項1または2記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
    Ring A is of formula (III):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (Wherein R 4 has the same meaning as in claim 1), the compound according to claim 1 or 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
  4. が水素である、請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 The treatment of a disease state involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 1 is hydrogen. Agent and / or prophylactic agent.
  5. が-OR(ここでRは請求項1と同義である。)である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, wherein R 2 is -OR 5 (wherein R 5 is as defined in claim 1). A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by
  6. が-SR(ここでRは請求項1と同義である。)である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R 2 is —SR 5 (wherein R 5 has the same meaning as in claim 1), containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia characterized by
  7. が置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R 5 is characterized in that it contains a compound or active ingredient a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 6, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, involving high glucocorticoid viremia A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for the pathological condition.
  8. およびRが各々独立して、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである請求項1~7記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 A high glucocorticoid comprising the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, wherein R a and R b are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving blood glucose.
  9. がハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基である請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R d is halogen, hydroxy, cyano, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, or a pharmaceutical thereof. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition associated with hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising a top acceptable salt as an active ingredient.
  10. が式:-C(=O)-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルである。)で示される基である請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R d is of the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h where R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or non-substituted A hyperglucocorticoidemia comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. Therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for pathological conditions involving
  11. が式:-NR(ここでRおよびRは各々独立して、水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルである。)で示される基である請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R d is of the formula: —NR i R j where R i and R j are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl Or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl.) Containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, which is characterized.
  12. が-OR、-CHOH、-CHOCONRまたは-CHNHCOR12、(ここでR12は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、R~Rは請求項1と同義である。)である請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R 4 is —OR 6 , —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCONR 7 R 8 or —CH 2 NHCOR 12 , wherein R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and R 6 to R 8 are as defined in claim 1. 12. A therapeutic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. And / or prophylactic agent.
  13. およびRが各々独立して、水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである請求項1~12のいずれかに記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。 R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia.
  14. 式(I)で示される化合物が、
    式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (式中、環Aが式(III):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (式中、Rが-OHまたは、-OC(=O)NHである。)で示される基であり、
    が水素であり、
    が-ORまたは-SRであり、
    がイソプロピルであり、
    が式:-CH=CH-C(CH-NH(-C=O)-CHである)である請求項1記載の化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療剤および/または予防剤。
    The compound of formula (I) is
    Formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    Wherein ring A is represented by formula (III):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (Wherein R 4 is —OH or —OC (═O) NH 2 ),
    R 1 is hydrogen;
    R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
    R 5 is isopropyl;
    R 3 is represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (CH 3 ) 2 —NH (—C═O) —CH 3 ), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia, characterized by comprising.
  15. 高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態が、筋委縮である、請求項1記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。 The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to claim 1, wherein the pathological condition involving hyperglucocorticoidemia is muscle atrophy.
  16. 高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療および/または予防のための式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (式中、
    環Aは、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    であり、
    環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
    は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
    は-ORまたは-SRであり、
    は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
    は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
    は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
    およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
    は水素または-CONRであり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩。
    Formula (I) for the treatment and / or prevention of pathologies involving hyperglucocorticoidemia:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (Where
    Ring A is
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    And
    Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
    R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
    R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
    R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
    R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
    R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
    R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
    R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
    R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
    R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
    R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
    R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  17. 式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    (式中、
    環Aは、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    であり、
    環Bは置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環であり、
    は水素または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルであり、
    は-ORまたは-SRであり、
    は式:-CH=CH-C(R)-R-Rで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたはハロゲンであり、
    は-(CH)n-(ここでnは0~3の整数である。)であり、
    は水素、ハロゲン、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、シアノ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、式:-C(=O)-NRで示される基または式:-NRで示される基であり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシまたは置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイルであり
    およびRは各々独立して水素、カルボキシ、ヒドロキシ、置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基、置換もしくは非置換のアシル、置換もしくは非置換のカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のチオカルバモイル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールスルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環スルホニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールオキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環オキシカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキルカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換のアリールカルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環カルボニル、置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環カルボニルまたは置換もしくは非置換のスルファモイルであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキルまたは-ORであり、
    は置換もしくは非置換のアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアルケニル、置換もしくは非置換のシクロアルキル、置換もしくは非置換のアリール、置換もしくは非置換の芳香族複素環式基または置換もしくは非置換の非芳香族複素環式基であり、
    は水素または-CONRであり、
    およびRは各々独立して水素、または置換もしくは非置換のアルキルである)で示される化合物またはその製薬上許容される塩を有効成分として投与することを特徴とする、高グルココルチコイド血症が関与する病態の治療および/または予防方法。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    (Where
    Ring A is
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    And
    Ring B is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring,
    R 1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
    R 2 is —OR 5 or —SR 5 ;
    R 3 is a group represented by the formula: —CH═CH—C (R a R b ) —R c —R d ,
    R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or halogen;
    R c is — (CH 2 ) n— (where n is an integer from 0 to 3);
    R d is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, a group represented by the formula: —C (═O) —NR g R h , or A group represented by the formula: —NR i R j ,
    R g and R h are each independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted Or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or R i and R j which are unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy or substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl Each independently represents hydrogen, carboxy, hydroxy, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic Heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiocarbamoyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted Or unsubstituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl, substituted or Unsubstituted cycloal Ruoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted A cycloalkylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted nonaromatic heterocyclic carbonyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl,
    R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or —OR 6 ;
    R 5 represents substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group or substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted An aromatic heterocyclic group,
    R 6 is hydrogen or —CONR 7 R 8 ,
    R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and administered as an active ingredient, high glucocorticoid blood A method for treating and / or preventing a disease state in which a disease is involved.
PCT/JP2016/085471 2015-11-30 2016-11-30 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY WO2017094743A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015233809 2015-11-30
JP2015-233809 2015-11-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017094743A1 true WO2017094743A1 (en) 2017-06-08

Family

ID=58796817

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/085471 WO2017094743A1 (en) 2015-11-30 2016-11-30 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017094743A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007058346A1 (en) * 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND HAVING INHIBITORY ACTIVITY ON 11-β-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE I
WO2008142986A1 (en) * 2007-05-18 2008-11-27 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. NITROGEN-CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVE HAVING 11 β-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE I INHIBITORY ACTIVITY
WO2011078101A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-30 塩野義製薬株式会社 Adamantanamine derivative
WO2012124781A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 塩野義製薬株式会社 Method for producing pyrazolecarboxylic acid derivative

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007058346A1 (en) * 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND HAVING INHIBITORY ACTIVITY ON 11-β-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE I
WO2008142986A1 (en) * 2007-05-18 2008-11-27 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. NITROGEN-CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVE HAVING 11 β-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE I INHIBITORY ACTIVITY
WO2011078101A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-30 塩野義製薬株式会社 Adamantanamine derivative
WO2012124781A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 塩野義製薬株式会社 Method for producing pyrazolecarboxylic acid derivative

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HASSAN-SMITH, Z. ET AL.: "11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 and age-associated muscle weakness in mice: implications for human ageing", THE LANCET, vol. 383, no. 1, 26 February 2014 (2014-02-26), pages S53, XP055599841 *
HASSAN-SMITH, Z. ET AL.: "Identification of an 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 regulated gene expression profile common to glucocorticoid and age associated myopathies", ENDOCRINE REVIEWS, vol. 34, no. 3, 2013 *
HIROTOSHI TANAKA ET AL: "Molecular mechanism for glucocorticoid-induced muscle atrophy", BIOMEDICAL GERONTOLOGY, vol. 35, no. 3, 2011, pages 11 - 16 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4671369B2 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivatives having type I 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitory activity
JP5147109B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds having type I 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitory activity
JP6163428B2 (en) Polycyclic pyridone derivatives having integrase inhibitory activity
JP5207382B2 (en) Urea derivatives
US7998992B2 (en) Oxazolidinone derivative having inhibitory activity on 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1
JP6372891B2 (en) 5-oxybenzimidazole and 5-oxyazabenzimidazole derivatives having AMPK activating action
WO2013011932A1 (en) Azabenzimidazole derivative having ampk-activating activity
WO2009133834A1 (en) Keto-amide derivative having inhibitory activity on endothelial lipase
WO2014069426A1 (en) Benzimidazole having ampk activating effect and azabenzimidazole derivative
US8084646B2 (en) Process for production of hydroxyadamantaneamine
JPWO2016068099A1 (en) Heterocyclic derivatives having AMPK activating action
WO2012081563A1 (en) Benzothiazole and azabenzothiazole derivative having endothelial lipase inhibitory activity
WO2012173099A1 (en) Endothelial-lipase-inhibiting amino derivative
WO2017094743A1 (en) PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY
JP2013014548A (en) Acylsulfonamide derivative
JPWO2006129609A1 (en) 2-Naphthylimino-5,5-disubstituted-1,3-thiazine derivatives
JP4702840B2 (en) 2-Naphthylimino-1,3-thiazine derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16870680

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16870680

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP